intro struct geo allmendinger_part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

290
Contents i GEOL 326 Cornell University Introduction to Structural Geology Spring 1999 by Richard W. Allmendinger Department of Geological Sciences Snee Hall Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14853-1504 USA [email protected] R. W. Allmendinger © 1999

Upload: serji-byya

Post on 29-Jul-2015

276 views

Category:

Documents


5 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents i

GEOL 326

Cornell University

Introduction to Structural Geology

Spring 1999

by

Richard W. AllmendingerDepartment of Geological Sciences

Snee HallCornell University, Ithaca, NY 14853-1504 USA

[email protected]

R. W. Allmendinger © 1999

Page 2: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents i i

Contents

Lecture 1—Introduction, Scale, & Basic Terminology ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 Levels of Structural Study............................................................................................................ 2

1.3 Types of Structural Study............................................................................................................. 2

1.4 Importance of Scale..................................................................................................................... 3

1.4.1 Scale Terms.................................................................................................................... 3

1.4.2 Scale Invariance, Fractals............................................................................................... 4

Lecture 2 —Coordinate Systems, etc. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 8

2.2 Three types of physical entities.................................................................................................... 8

2.3 Coordinate Systems..................................................................................................................... 9

2.3.1 Spherical versus Cartesian Coordinate Systems..........................................................10

2.3.2 Right-handed and Left-handed Coordinate Systems.................................................... 10

2.3.3 Cartesian Coordinate Systems in Geology................................................................... 11

2.4 Vectors.......................................................................................................................................12

2.4.1 Vectors vs. Axes ........................................................................................................... 12

2.4.2 Basic Properties of Vectors...........................................................................................12

2.4.3 Geologic Features as Vectors.......................................................................................14

2.4.4 Simple Vector Operations ............................................................................................. 17

2.4.5 Dot Product and Cross Product .................................................................................... 18

Lecture 3 — Descriptive Geometry: Seismic Reflection ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1

3.1 Echo Sounding...........................................................................................................................21

3.2 Common Depth Point (CDP) Method......................................................................................... 23

3.3 Migration .................................................................................................................................... 25

3.4 Resolution of Seismic Reflection Data.......................................................................................26

3.4.1 Vertical Resolution ........................................................................................................26

3.4.2 Horizontal Resolution ....................................................................................................27

3.5 Diffractions.................................................................................................................................28

3.6 Artifacts...................................................................................................................................... 29

Page 3: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents i i i

3.6.1 Velocity Pullup/pulldown ...............................................................................................29

3.6.2 Multiples........................................................................................................................ 29

3.6.3 Sideswipe......................................................................................................................30

3.6.4 Buried Focus .................................................................................................................31

3.6.5 Others ...........................................................................................................................32

Lecture 4 — Introduction to Deformation & Strain .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................33

4.2 Kinematics .................................................................................................................................33

4.2.1 Rigid Body Deformations .............................................................................................. 33

4.2.2 Strain (Non-rigid Body Deformation) .............................................................................34

4.2.3 Continuum Mechanics...................................................................................................36

4.2.4 Four Aspects of a Deforming Rock System: ................................................................. 37

4.3 Measurement of Strain............................................................................................................... 38

4.3.1 Change in Line Length:................................................................................................. 39

4.3.2 Changes in Angles:....................................................................................................... 40

4.3.3 Changes in Volume (Dilation): ......................................................................................41

Lecture 5 — Strain II: The Strain Ellipsoid ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2

5.1 Motivation for General 3-D Strain Relations ..............................................................................42

5.2 Equations for Finite Strain.......................................................................................................... 43

5.3 Extension of a Line .................................................................................................................... 43

5.4 Shear Strain...............................................................................................................................45

Lecture 6 — Strain III: Mohr on the Strain Ellipsoid ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 7

6.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................47

6.2 Mohr’s Circle For Finite Strain ...................................................................................................47

6.3 Principal Axes of Strain..............................................................................................................48

6.4 Maximum Angular Shear ........................................................................................................... 49

6.5 Ellipticity.....................................................................................................................................50

6.6 Rotation of Any Line During Deformation ..................................................................................50

6.7 Lines of No Finite Elongation.....................................................................................................51

Lecture 7 — Strain IV: Finite vs. Infinitesimal Strain .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3

7.1 Coaxial and Non-coaxial Deformation .......................................................................................54

Page 4: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents i v

7.2 Two Types of Rotation............................................................................................................... 55

7.3 Deformation Paths .....................................................................................................................55

7.4 Superposed Strains & Non-commutability .................................................................................58

7.5 Plane Strain & 3-D Strain........................................................................................................... 58

Lecture 8—Stress I: Introduction ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 0

8.1 Force and Stress........................................................................................................................ 60

8.2 Units Of Stress...........................................................................................................................61

8.3 Sign Conventions:......................................................................................................................61

8.4 Stress on a Plane; Stress at a Point ..........................................................................................62

8.5 Principal Stresses ......................................................................................................................63

8.6 The Stress Tensor .....................................................................................................................64

8.7 Mean Stress...............................................................................................................................64

8.8 Deviatoric Stress........................................................................................................................ 64

8.9 Special States of Stress.............................................................................................................65

Lecture 9—Vectors & Tensors ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 6

9.1 Scalars & Vectors ......................................................................................................................67

9.2 Tensors...................................................................................................................................... 68

9.3 Einstein Summation Convention................................................................................................69

9.4 Coordinate Systems and Tensor Transformations ....................................................................70

9.5 Symmetric, Asymmetric, & Antisymmetric Tensors................................................................... 71

9.6 Finding the Principal Axes of a Symmetric Tensor ....................................................................73

Lecture 10—Stress II: Mohr’s Circle ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 4

10.1 Stresses on a Plane of Any Orientation from Cauchy’s law..................................................... 74

10.2 A more “Traditional” Way to Derive the above Equations........................................................ 75

10.2.1 Balance of Forces....................................................................................................... 76

10.2.2 Normal and Shear Stresses on Any Plane.................................................................. 77

10.3 Mohr’s Circle for Stress............................................................................................................78

10.4 Alternative Way of Plotting Mohr’s Circle.................................................................................80

10.5 Another Way to Derive Mohr’s Circle Using Tensor Transformations .....................................81

10.5.1 Transformation of Axes ...............................................................................................81

10.5.2 Tensor Transformations.............................................................................................. 82

10.5.3 Mohr Circle Construction............................................................................................. 82

Page 5: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents v

Lecture 11—Stress III: Stress-Strain Relations

11.1 More on the Mohr’s Circle........................................................................................................85

11.1.1 Mohr’s Circle in Three Dimensions .............................................................................86

11.2 Stress Fields and Stress Trajectories ......................................................................................86

11.3 Stress-strain Relations.............................................................................................................87

11.4 Elasticity...................................................................................................................................88

11.4.1 The Elasticity Tensor...................................................................................................88

11.4.2 The Common Material Parameters of Elasticity..........................................................89

11.5 Deformation Beyond the Elastic Limit ......................................................................................90

Lecture 12—Plastic & Viscous Deformation ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 2

12.1 Strain Rate...............................................................................................................................92

12.2 Viscosity...................................................................................................................................93

12.3 Creep .......................................................................................................................................94

12.4 Environmental Factors Affecting Material Response to Stress................................................ 95

12.4.1 Variation in Stress....................................................................................................... 95

12.4.2 Effect of Confining Pressure (Mean Stress)................................................................95

12.4.3 Effect of Temperature ................................................................................................. 96

12.4.4 Effect of Fluids ............................................................................................................96

12.4.5 The Effect of Strain Rate............................................................................................. 97

12.5 Brittle, Ductile, Cataclastic, Crystal Plastic ..............................................................................97

Lecture 13—Deformation Mechanisms I: Elasticity, Compaction .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

13.1 Elastic Deformation................................................................................................................ 100

13.2 Thermal Effects and Elasticity................................................................................................ 102

13.3 Compaction............................................................................................................................ 103

13.4 Role of Fluid Pressure ........................................................................................................... 104

13.4.1 Effective Stress ......................................................................................................... 105

Lecture 14—Deformation Mechanisms II: Fracture ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

14.1 Effect of Pore Pressure.......................................................................................................... 111

14.2 Effect of Pre-existing Fractures.............................................................................................. 112

14.3 Friction ................................................................................................................................... 113

Lecture 15—Deformation Mechanisms III: Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity 114

Page 6: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents v i

15.1 Pressure Solution................................................................................................................... 114

15.1.1 Observational Aspects .............................................................................................. 114

15.1.2 Environmental constrains on Pressure Solution ....................................................... 117

15.2 Mechanisms of Crystal Plasticity ........................................................................................... 117

15.2.1 Point Defects............................................................................................................. 118

15.2.2 Diffusion .................................................................................................................... 118

15.2.3 Planar Defects........................................................................................................... 119

Lecture 16—Deformation Mechanisms IV: Dislocations ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

16.1 Basic Concepts and Terms.................................................................................................... 121

16.2 Dislocation (“Translation”) Glide ............................................................................................ 123

16.3 Dislocations and Strain Hardening......................................................................................... 123

16.4 Dislocation Glide and Climb................................................................................................... 125

16.5 Review of Deformation Mechanisms ..................................................................................... 126

Lecture 17—Flow Laws & State of Stress in the Lithosphere .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

17.1 Power Law Creep .................................................................................................................. 127

17.2 Diffusion Creep...................................................................................................................... 129

17.3 Deformation Maps.................................................................................................................. 129

17.4 State of Stress in the Lithosphere.......................................................................................... 130

Lecture 18—Joints & Veins ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

18.1 Faults and Joints as Cracks................................................................................................... 133

18.2 Joints .....................................................................................................................................133

18.2.1 Terminology .............................................................................................................. 134

18.2.2 Surface morphology of the joint face:........................................................................ 135

18.2.3 Special Types of Joints and Joint-related Features .................................................. 136

18.2.4 Maximum Depth of True Tensile Joints..................................................................... 136

18.3 Veins .....................................................................................................................................137

18.3.1 Fibrous Veins in Structural Analysis.......................................................................... 138

18.3.2 En Echelon Sigmoidal Veins..................................................................................... 139

18.4 Relationship of Joints and Veins to other Structures ............................................................. 140

Lecture 19—Faults I: Basic Terminology ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

19.1 Descriptive Fault Geometry ................................................................................................... 141

Page 7: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents v i i

19.2 Apparent and Real Displacement .......................................................................................... 142

19.3 Basic Fault Types .................................................................................................................. 143

19.3.1 Dip Slip...................................................................................................................... 143

19.3.2 Strike-Slip.................................................................................................................. 143

19.3.3 Rotational fault .......................................................................................................... 144

19.4 Fault Rocks ............................................................................................................................ 144

19.4.1 Sibson’s Classification .............................................................................................. 144

19.4.2 The Mylonite Controversy ......................................................................................... 146

Lecture 20—Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

20.1 Surface Effects of Faulting..................................................................................................... 147

20.1.1 Emergent Faults........................................................................................................ 147

20.1.2 Blind Faults ............................................................................................................... 149

20.2 How a Fault Starts: Riedel Shears........................................................................................ 149

20.2.1 Pre-rupture Structures............................................................................................... 150

20.2.2 Rupture & Post-Rupture Structures .......................................................................... 151

20.3 Determination of Sense of Slip .............................................................................................. 151

Lecture 21—Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

21.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 157

21.2 Anderson’s Theory of Faulting............................................................................................... 158

21.3 Strain from Fault Populations................................................................................................. 161

21.3.1 Sense of Shear ......................................................................................................... 161

21.3.2 Kinematic Analysis of Fault Populations ................................................................... 161

21.3.3 The P & T Dihedra .................................................................................................... 162

21.4 Stress From Fault Populations1............................................................................................. 164

21.4.1 Assumptions.............................................................................................................. 164

21.4.2 Coordinate Systems & Geometric Basis................................................................... 165

21.4.3 Inversion Of Fault Data For Stress............................................................................ 167

21.5 Scaling Laws for Fault Populations........................................................................................ 169

Lecture 22—Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

22.1 The Paradox of Low-angle Thrust Faults.............................................................................. 170

22.2 Hubbert & Rubey Analysis..................................................................................................... 170

22.3 Alternative Solutions.............................................................................................................. 174

Page 8: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents v i i i

Lecture 23—Folds I: Geometry ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

23.1 Two-dimensional Fold Terminology....................................................................................... 178

23.2 Geometric Description of Folds.............................................................................................. 180

23.2.1 Two-dimensional (Profile) View:................................................................................ 180

23.2.2 Three-dimensional View:........................................................................................... 181

23.3 Fold Names Based on Orientation......................................................................................... 182

23.4 Fold Tightness ....................................................................................................................... 183

Lecture 24 — Folds II: Geometry & Kinematics ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

24.1 Fold Shapes........................................................................................................................... 184

24.2 Classification Based on Shapes of Folded Layers................................................................. 185

24.3 Geometric-kinematic Classification:....................................................................................... 186

24.3.1 Cylindrical Folds........................................................................................................ 186

24.3.2 Non-Cylindrical Folds................................................................................................ 188

24.4 Summary Outline ................................................................................................................... 189

24.5 Superposed Folds.................................................................................................................. 189

Lecture 25—Folds III: Kinematics ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

25.1 Overview................................................................................................................................ 191

25.2 Gaussian Curvature............................................................................................................... 191

25.3 Buckling ................................................................................................................................. 192

25.4 Shear Parallel to Layers......................................................................................................... 193

25.4.1 Kink folds................................................................................................................... 195

25.4.2 Simple Shear during flexural slip............................................................................... 196

25.5 Shear Oblique To Layers....................................................................................................... 196

25.6 Pure Shear Passive Flow....................................................................................................... 197

Lecture 26—Folds IV: Dynamics ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

26.1 Basic Aspects ........................................................................................................................ 199

26.2 Common Rock Types Ranked According to “Competence” .................................................. 199

26.3 Theoretical Analyses of Folding............................................................................................. 199

26.3.1 Nucleation of Folds ................................................................................................... 200

26.3.2 Growth of Folds......................................................................................................... 201

26.3.3 Results for Kink Folds ............................................................................................... 202

Page 9: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents i x

Lecture 27—Linear Minor Structures ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

27.1 Introduction to Minor Structures............................................................................................. 203

27.2 Lineations............................................................................................................................... 203

27.2.1 Mineral Lineations..................................................................................................... 203

27.2.2 Deformed Detrital Grains (and related features)....................................................... 204

27.2.3 Rods and Mullions..................................................................................................... 205

27.3 Boudins.................................................................................................................................. 205

27.4 Lineations Due to Intersecting Foliations............................................................................... 206

Lecture 28—Planar Minor Structures I .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

28.1 Introduction to Foliations........................................................................................................ 207

28.2 Cleavage................................................................................................................................ 207

28.2.1 Cleavage and Folds .................................................................................................. 208

28.3 Cleavage Terminology........................................................................................................... 209

28.3.1 Problems with Cleavage Terminology....................................................................... 210

28.3.2 Descriptive Terms..................................................................................................... 210

28.4 Domainal Nature of Cleavage................................................................................................ 211

28.4.1 Scale of Typical Cleavage Domains ......................................................................... 212

Lecture 29—Planar Minor Structures II: Cleavage & Strain .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

29.1 Processes of Foliation Development ..................................................................................... 213

29.2 Rotation of Grains.................................................................................................................. 213

29.2.1 March model ............................................................................................................. 214

29.2.2 Jeffery Model............................................................................................................. 214

29.2.3 A Special Case of Mechanical Grain Rotation .......................................................... 214

29.3 Pressure Solution and Cleavage ........................................................................................... 215

29.4 Crenulation Cleavage ............................................................................................................ 216

29.5 Cleavage and Strain .............................................................................................................. 217

Lecture 30—Shear Zones & Transposition ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

30.1 Shear Zone Foliations and Sense of Shear........................................................................... 219

30.1.1 S-C Fabrics ............................................................................................................... 219

30.1.2 Mica “Fish” in Type II S-C Fabrics............................................................................. 219

30.1.3 Fractured and Rotated Mineral Grains...................................................................... 220

Page 10: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents x

30.1.4 Asymmetric Porphyroclasts....................................................................................... 220

30.2 Use of Foliation to Determine Displacement in a Shear Zone............................................... 221

30.3 Transposition of Foliations..................................................................................................... 222

Lecture 31—Thrust Systems I: Overview & Tectonic Setting .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

31.1 Basic Thrust System Terminology ......................................................................................... 225

31.2 Tectonic Setting of Thin-skinned Fold & Thrust Belts............................................................ 226

31.2.1 Andean Type:............................................................................................................ 227

31.2.2 Himalayan Type: ....................................................................................................... 227

31.3 Basic Characteristics of Fold-thrust Belts.............................................................................. 228

31.4 Relative and Absolute Timing in Fold-thrust Belts................................................................. 229

31.5 Foreland Basins..................................................................................................................... 229

Lecture 32—Thrust Systems II: Basic Geometries ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

32.1 Dahlstrom’s Rules and the Ramp-flat (Rich Model) Geometry.............................................. 231

32.2 Assumptions of the Basic Rules ............................................................................................ 232

32.3 Types of Folds in Thrust Belts ............................................................................................... 233

32.4 Geometries with Multiple Thrusts........................................................................................... 234

32.4.1 Folded thrusts ........................................................................................................... 234

32.4.2 Duplexes ................................................................................................................... 235

32.4.3 Imbrication................................................................................................................. 237

32.4.4 Triangle Zones .......................................................................................................... 237

Lecture 33—Thrust Systems III: Thick-Skinned Faulting ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

33.1 Plate-tectonic Setting............................................................................................................. 239

33.2 Basic Characteristics ............................................................................................................. 240

33.3 Cross-sectional Geometry ..................................................................................................... 240

“Upthrust” Hypothesis ........................................................................................................... 240

33.3.1 Overthrust Hypothesis............................................................................................... 240

33.3.2 Deep Crustal Geometry ............................................................................................ 241

33.4 Folding in Thick-skinned Provinces ....................................................................................... 242

33.4.1 Subsidiary Structures................................................................................................ 242

33.5 Late Stage Collapse of Uplifts................................................................................................ 243

33.6 Regional Mechanics............................................................................................................... 244

Page 11: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents x i

Lecture 34—Extensional Systems I ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

34.1 Basic Categories of Extensional Structures........................................................................... 245

34.2 Gravity Slides......................................................................................................................... 245

34.2.1 The Heart Mountain Fault ......................................................................................... 246

34.2.2 Subaqueous Slides ................................................................................................... 246

34.3 Growth Faulting on a Subsiding Passive Margin ................................................................... 247

34.4 Tectonic Rift Provinces .......................................................................................................... 248

34.4.1 Oceanic Spreading Centers...................................................................................... 248

34.4.2 Introduction to Intracontinental Rift Provinces........................................................... 249

Lecture 35—Extensional Systems I I .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

35.1 Basic Categories of Extensional Structures........................................................................... 250

35.2 Rotated Planar Faults ............................................................................................................ 250

35.3 Listric Normal Faults.............................................................................................................. 252

35.4 Low-angle Normal Faults....................................................................................................... 253

35.5 Review of Structural Geometries........................................................................................... 254

35.6 Thrust Belt Concepts Applied to Extensional Terranes ......................................................... 254

35.6.1 Ramps, Flats, & Hanging Wall Anticlines:................................................................. 254

35.6.2 Extensional Duplexes:............................................................................................... 254

35.7 Models of Intracontinental Extension..................................................................................... 255

35.7.1 Horst & Graben: ........................................................................................................ 255

35.7.2 “Brittle-ductile” Transition & Sub-horizontal Decoupling:........................................... 255

35.7.3 Lenses or Anastomosing Shear Zones:.................................................................... 255

35.7.4 Crustal-Penetrating Low-Angle Normal Fault:........................................................... 256

35.7.5 Hybrid Model of Intracontinental Extension............................................................... 256

Lecture 36—Strike-slip Fault System s .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

36.1 Tectonic setting of Strike-slip Faults ...................................................................................... 257

36.1.1 Transform faults ........................................................................................................ 257

36.2 Transcurrent Faults and Tear Faults...................................................................................... 258

36.3 Features Associated with Major Strike-slip Faults................................................................. 259

36.3.1 Parallel Strike-slip ..................................................................................................... 259

36.3.2 Convergent-Type ...................................................................................................... 262

36.3.3 Divergent Type.......................................................................................................... 262

36.4 Restraining and Releasing bends, duplexes.......................................................................... 263

Page 12: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Contents x i i

36.5 Terminations of Strike-slip Faults........................................................................................... 264

Lecture 37—Deformation of the Lithosphere ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265

37.1 Mechanisms of Uplift.............................................................................................................. 265

37.1.1 Isostasy & Crust-lithosphere thickening.................................................................... 265

37.1.2 Differential Isostasy................................................................................................... 266

37.1.3 Flexural Isostasy ....................................................................................................... 267

37.2 Geological Processes of Lithospheric Thickening ................................................................. 269

37.2.1 Distributed Shortening:.............................................................................................. 269

37.2.2 “Underthrusting”: ....................................................................................................... 269

37.2.3 Magmatic Intrusion:................................................................................................... 269

37.3 Thermal Uplift......................................................................................................................... 270

37.4 Evolution of Uplifted Continental Crust .................................................................................. 270

Page 13: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1Terminology, Scale

LECTURE 1—INTRODUCTION, SCALE, & BASIC TERMINOLOGY

1.1 Introduction

Structural Geology is the study of deformed rocks. To do so, we define the geometries of rock

bodies in three dimensions. Then, we measure or infer the translations, rotations, and strains experienced

by rocks both during, and particularly since, their formation based on indicators of what they looked like

prior to their deformation. Finally, we try to infer the stresses that produced the deformation based on

our knowledge of material properties. Structure is closely related to various fields of engineering mechanics,

structural engineering, and material science.

But, there is a big difference: In structural geology, we deal almost exclusively with the end

product of deformation in extremely heterogeneous materials. Given this end product, we try to infer the

processes by which the deformation occurred. In engineering, one is generally more interested in the

effect that various, known or predicted, stress systems will produce on undeformed, relatively homogeneous

materials.

?

Engineering:

Structural Geology:

Key Point: What we study in structural geology is strain and its related translations and rotations;

this is the end product of deformation. We never observe stress directly or the forces responsible for the

deformation. A famous structural geologist, John Ramsay, once said that "as a geologist, I don't believe in

stress". This view is perhaps too extreme -- stress certainly does exist, but we cannot measure it directly.

Stress is an instantaneous entity; it exists only in the moment that it is applied. In Structural Geology we

study geological materials that were deformed in the past, whether it be a landslide that formed two

draft date: 1/20/99

hours ago or a fold that formed 500 Ma ago. The stresses that were responsible for that deformation are no

Page 14: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2Terminology, Scale

longer present. Even when the stresses of interest are still present, such as in the test of the strength of a

concrete block in an engineering experiment, you cannot measure stress directly. What you do is measure

the strain of some material whose material response to stress, or rheology, is very well known.

If you learn nothing else in this course, it should be the distinction between stress and strain, and

what terms are appropriate to each:

Stress Strain

note that terms in the same row are not equal but have somewhat parallel meanings. As we will see later in the course, the relations among these terms is quite

compression shortening (contraction)

tension lengthening (extension)

1.2 Levels of Structural Study

There are three basic level at which one can pursue structural geology and these are reflected in

the organization of this course:

• Geometry basically means how big or extensive something is (size or magni-

tude) and/or how its dimensions are aligned in space (orientation). We will

spend only a little time during lecture on the geometric description of structures

because most of the lab part of this course is devoted to this topic.

• Kinematics is the description of movements that particles of material have

experienced during their history. Thus we are comparing two different states

of the material, whether they be the starting point and ending point or just

two intermediate points along the way.

• Mechanics implies an understanding of how forces applied to a material

have produced the movements of the particles that make up the material.

draft date: 1/20/99

1.3 Types of Structural Study

Page 15: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3Terminology, Scale

• Observation of natural structures, or deformed features in rock. This observa-

tion can take place at many different scales, from the submicroscopic to the

global. Observation usually involves the description of the geometry and

orientations of individual structures and their relations to other structures.

Also generally involves establishing of the timing relations of structures (i.e.

their order of formation, or the time it took for one feature to form).

• Experimental -- an attempt to reproduce under controlled laboratory conditions

various features similar to those in naturally deformed rocks. The aim of

experimental work is to gain insight into the stress systems and processes that

produced the deformation. Two major drawbacks: (1) in the real earth, we

seldom know all of the possible factors effecting the deformation (P, T, t,

fluids, etc.); (2) More important, real earth processes occur at rates which are

far slower than one can possibly reproduce in the laboratory (Natural rates:

10-12 to 10–18 sec-1; in lab, the slowest rates: 10-6 - 10-8 sec-1)

• Theoretical -- application of various physical laws of mechanics and thermo-

dynamics, through analytical or numerical methods, to relatively simple struc-

tural models. The objective of this modeling is to duplicate, theoretically, the

geometries or strain distributions of various natural features. Main problem is

the complexity of natural systems.

1.4 Importance of Scale

1.4.1 Scale Terms

Structural geologists view the deformed earth at a variety of different scales. Thus a number of

general terms are used to refer to the different scales. All are vague in detail. Importantly, all depend on

the vantage point of the viewer:

• Global -- scale of the entire world. ~104-105 km (circumference = 4 x 104 km)

• Regional or Provincial -- poorly defined; generally corresponds to a physio-

graphic province (e.g. the Basin and Range) or a mountain belt 103-104 km (e.g.

the Appalachians).

draft date: 1/20/99

• Macroscopic or Map Scale -- Bigger than an area you can see standing in one

Page 16: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4Terminology, Scale

place on the ground. 100-102 km (e.g. the scale of a 7.5' quadrangle map)

• Mesoscopic -- features observable in one place on the ground. An outcrop of

hand sample scale. 10-5-10-1 km (1 cm - 100s m) (e.g. scale of a hand sample)

• Microscopic -- visible with an optical microscope. 10-8-10-6 km

• Submicroscopic -- not resolvable with a microscope but with TEM, SEM etc.

< 10-8 km.

Two additional terms describe how pervasive a feature or structure is at the scale of observation:

• Penetrative -- characterizes the entire body of rock at the scale of observation

• Non-penetrative -- Does not characterize the entire body of rock

These terms are totally scale dependent. A cleavage can be penetrative at one scale (i.e. the rock

appears to be composed of nothing but cleavage planes), but non-penetrative at another (e.g. at a higher

magnification where one sees coherent rock between the cleavage planes):

The importance of scale applies not only to description, but also to our mechanical analysis of

structures. For example, it may not be appropriate to model a rock with fractures and irregularities at the

mesoscopic scale as an elastic plate, whereas it may be totally appropriate at a regional scale. There are

no firm rules about what scale is appropriate for which analysis.

1.4.2 Scale Invariance, Fractals

Many structures occur over a wide range of scales. Faults, for example, can be millimeters long

or they can be 1000s of kilometers long (and all scales in between). Likewise, folds can be seen in thin

draft date: 1/20/99

sections under the microscope or they can be observed at map scale, covering 100s of square kilometers.

penetrative

non-penetrative

Page 17: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5Terminology, Scale

Geologists commonly put a recognizable feature such as a rock hammer or pencil in a photograph (“rock

hammer for scale”) because otherwise, the viewer might not know if s/he was looking at a 10 cm high

outcrop or a 2000 m high cliff. Geologic maps commonly show about the same density of faults, regardless

of whether the map has a scale of 1:5,000,000 or 1:5,000.

These are all examples of the scale invariance of certain structures. Commonly, there is a consistent

relationship between the size of something and the frequency with which it occurs or the size of the

measuring stick that you use to measure it with. The exponent in this relationship is called the fractal

dimension.

The term, fractal, was first proposed by B. Mandelbrot (1967). He posed a very simple question:

“How long is the coast of Britain?” Surprisingly, at first, there is no answer to this question; the coast of

Britain has an undefinable length. The length of the coast of Britain depends on the scale at which you measure

it. The longer the measuring stick, the shorter the length as illustrated by the picture below. On a globe

with a scale of 1:25,000,000, the shortest distance you can effectively measure (i.e. the measuring stick) is

10s of kilometers long. Therefore at that scale you cannot measure all of the little bays and promontories.

But with accurate topographic maps at a scale of 1:25,000, your measuring stick can be as small as a few

tens of meters and you can include much more detail than previously. Thus, your measurement of the

coast will be longer. You can easily imagine extending this concept down to the scale of a single grain of

sand, in which case your measured length would be immense!

Length of coastline as determined with:

ruler "a"

ruler "b"

ruler "c"

ruler "a"

ruler "b"ruler "c"

landocean

ocean

true coastline

"True" Geography Measurements with Successively Smaller Rulers

draft date: 1/20/99

Mandelbrot defined the fractal dimension, D, according to the following equation:

Page 18: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6Terminology, Scale

L(G) ~ G1 - D

where G is the length of the measuring stick and L(G) is the length of the coastline that you get using that

measuring stick.

The plot below, from Mandelbrot’s original article, shows this scale dependence for a number of

different coasts in log-log form.

4.0

3.5

3.0

1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

west coast of Britain (D = 1.25)

coast of South Africa (D = 1.02)land frontier of Germany, 1900 (D = 1.15)

coast of Australia (D = 1.13)

circle

land frontier of Portugal (D = 1.13)

log (length of "measuring stick" in km)10

log

(

tota

l len

gth

in k

ilom

eter

s)10

Fractals have a broad range of applications in structural geology and geophysics. The relation

between earthquake frequency and magnitude, m, is a log linear relation:

log N = -b m + a

where N is the number of earthquakes in a given time interval with a magnitude m or larger. Empirically,

the value of b (or “b-value”) is about 1, which means that, for every magnitude 8 earthquakes, there are

10 magnitude 7 earthquakes; for every magnitude 7 there are 10 magnitude 6; etc. The strain released

during an earthquake is directly related to the moment of the earthquake, and moment, M, and magnitude

are related by the following equation:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 19: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7Terminology, Scale

log M = c m + d

where c and d are constants. Thus, the relation between strain release and number is log-log or fractal:

log N =−b

clogM + a +

bd

c

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 20: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Vectors, Coordinate Systems

LECTURE 2 —COORDINATE SYSTEMS, ETC.

2.1 Introduction

As you will see in lab, structural geologists spend a lot of time describing the orientation and

direction of structural features. For example, we will see how to describe the strike and dip of bedding,

the orientation of a fold axis, or how one side of a fault block is displaced with respect to the other. As

you might guess, there are several different ways to do this:

• plane trigonometry.

• spherical trigonometry

• vector algebra

All three implicitly require a coordinate system. Plane trigonometry works very well for simple problems

but is more cumbersome, or more likely impossible, for more complex problems. Spherical trigonometry

is much more flexible and is the basis for a wonderful graphical device which all structural geologists

come to love, the stereonet. In lab, we will concentrate on both of these methods of solving structural

problems.

The third method, vector algebra, is less familiar to many geologist and is seldom taught in

introductory courses. But it is so useful, and mathematically simple, that I wanted to give you an

introduction to it. Before that we have to put the term, vector, in some physical context, and talk about

coordinate systems.

2.2 Three types of physical entities

Let’s say we measure a physical property of something: for example, the density of a rock.

Mathematically, what is the number that results? Just a single number. It doesn’t matter where the

sample is located or how it is oriented, it is still just a single number. Quantities like these are called

scalars.

Some physical entities are more complex because they do depend on their position in space or

their orientation with respect to some coordinate system. For example, it doesn’t make much sense to talk

draft date: 1/20/99

about displacement if your don’t know where something was originally and where it ended up after the

Page 21: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Vectors, Coordinate Systems

displacement. Quantities like these, where the direction is important, are called vectors.

Finally, there are much more complex entities, still, which also must be related to a coordinate

system. These are “fields” of vectors, or things which vary in all different directions. These are called

tensors.

Scalars

Vectors

Tensors

Examples

mass, volume, density, temperature

velocity, displacement, force, acceleration, poles to planes, azimuths

stress, strain, thermal conductivity, magnetic susceptibility

Most of the things we are interested in Structural Geology are vectors or tensors. And that means

that we have to be concerned with coordinate systems and how they work.

2.3 Coordinate Systems

Virtually everything we do in structural geology explicitly or implicitly involves a coordinate

system.

• When we plot data on a map each point has a latitude, longitude, and elevation.

Strike and dip of bedding are given in azimuth or quadrant with respect to

north, south, east, and west and with respect to the horizontal surface of the

Earth approximated by sea level.

• In the western United States, samples may be located with respect to township

and range.

• More informal coordinate systems are used as well, particularly in the field.

The location of an observation or a sample may be described as “1.2 km from

the northwest corner fence post and 3.5 km from the peak with an elevation of

6780 m at an elevation of 4890 m.”

A key aspect, but one which is commonly taken for granted, of all of these ways of reporting a

location is that they are interchangeable. The sample that comes from near the fence post and the peak

draft date: 1/20/99

could just as easily be described by its latitude, longitude, and elevation or by its township, range and

Page 22: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 0Vectors, Coordinate Systems

elevation. Just because I change the way of reporting my coordinates (i.e. change my coordinate system)

does not mean that the physical location of the point in space has changed.

2.3.1 Spherical versus Cartesian Coordinate Systems

Because the Earth is nearly spherical, it is most convenient for structural geologists to record their

observations in terms of spherical coordinates. Spherical coordinates are those which are referenced to

a sphere (i.e. the Earth) and are fixed by two angles and a distance, or radius (Fig. 2.1). In this case the

two angles are latitude, φ, and longitude, θ, and the radius is the distance, r, from the center of the Earth

(or in elevation which is a function of the distance from the center). The rotation axis is taken as one axis

(from which the angle φ or its complement is measured) with the other axis at the equator and arbitrarily

coinciding with the line of longitude which passes through Greenwich, England. The angle θ is measured

from this second axis.

We report the azimuth as a function of angle from north and the inclination as the angle between

a tangent to the surface and the feature of interest in a vertical plane. A geologist can make these

orientation measurements with nothing more than a simple compass and clinometer because the Earth’s

magnetic poles are close to its rotation axis and therefore close to one of the principal axes of our

spherical coordinate system.

Although a spherical coordinate system is the easiest to use for collecting data in the field, it is

not the simplest for accomplishing a variety of calculations that we need to perform. Far simpler, both

conceptually and computationally, are rectangular Cartesian coordinates. This coordinate system is

composed of three mutually perpendicular axes. Normally, one thinks of plotting a point by its distance

from the three axes of the Cartesian coordinate system. As we shall see below, a feature can equally well

be plotted by the angles that a vector, connecting it to the origin, makes with the axes. If we can assume

that the portion of the Earth we are studying is sufficiently small so that our horizontal reference surface

is essentially perpendicular to the radius of the Earth, then we can solve many different problems in

structural geology simply and easily by expressing them in terms of Cartesian, rather than spherical,

coordinates. Before we can do this however, there is an additional aspect of coordinate systems which we

must examine.

2.3.2 Right-handed and Left-handed Coordinate Systems

The way that the axes of coordinate systems are labelled is not arbitrary. In the case of the Earth, it

draft date: 1/20/99

matters whether we consider a point which is below sea level to be positive or negative. That’s crazy,

Page 23: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 1Vectors, Coordinate Systems

you say, everybody knows that elevations above sea level are positive! If that were the case, then why do

structural geologists commonly measure positive angles downward from the horizontal? Why is it that

mineralogists use an upper hemisphere stereographic projection whereas structural geologists use the

lower hemisphere? The point is that it does not matter which is chosen so long as one is clear and

consistent. There are some simple conventions in the labeling of coordinate axes which insure that

consistency.

Basically, coordinate systems can be of two types. Right-handed coordinates are those in which,

if you hold your hand with the thumb pointed from the origin in the positive direction of the first axis,

your fingers will curl from the positive direction of the second axis towards the positive direction of the

third axis (Fig. 2.2). A left-handed coordinate system would function the same except that the left hand

is used. To make the coordinate system in Fig. 2.2 left handed, simply reverse the positions of the X2 and

X3 axes. By convention, the preferred coordinate system is a right-handed one and that is the one we

shall use.

2.3.3 Cartesian Coordinate Systems in Geology

What Cartesian coordinate systems are appropriate to geology? Sticking with the right-handed

convention, there are two obvious choices, the primary difference being whether one regards up or down

as positive:

X1 = East

X2 = North

X3 = Up

X2 = East

X1 = North

X3 = Down

East, North, Up North, East,Down

Cartesian coordinates commonly used in geology and geophysics

In general, the north-east-down convention is more common in structural geology where positive

angles are measured downwards from the horizontal. In geophysics, the east-north-up convention is

draft date: 1/20/99

more customary. Note that these are not the only possible right-handed coordinate systems. For example,

Page 24: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 2Vectors, Coordinate Systems

west-south-up is also a perfectly good right-handed system although it, and all the other possible combi-

nations are seldom used.

2.4 Vectors

Vectors form the basis for virtually all structural calculations so it’s important to develop a very

clear, intuitive feel for them. Vectors are a physical quantity that have a magnitude and a direction; they

can be defined only with respect to a given coordinate system.

2.4.1 Vectors vs. Axes

At this point, we have to make a distinction between vectors, which are lines with a direction (i.e.

an arrow at one end of the line) and axes, which are lines with no directional significance. For example,

think about the lineation that is made by the intersection between cleavage and bedding. That line, or

axis, certainly has a specific orientation in space and is described with respect to a coordinate system, but

there is no difference between one end of the line and the other.1 The hinge — or axis — of a cylindrical

fold is another example of a line which has no directional significance. Some common geological examples

of vectors which cannot be treated as axes, are the slip on a fault (i.e. displacement of piercing points),

paleocurrent indicators (flute cast, etc.), and paleomagnetic poles.

2.4.2 Basic Properties of Vectors

Notation. Clearly, with two different types of quantities — scalars and vectors — around, we

need a shorthand way to distinguish between them in equations. Vectors are generally indicated by a

letter with a bar, or in these notes, in bold face print (which is sometimes known as symbolic or Gibbs

notation):

V = V = [V1, V2, V3] (eqn. 1)

draft date: 1/20/99

1[It should be noted that, when structural geologists use a lower hemisphere stereographic projectionexclusively we are automatically treating all lines as axes. To plot lines on the lower hemisphere, wearbitrarily assume that all lines point downwards. Generally this is not an issue, but consider theproblem of a series of complex rotations involving paleocurrent directions. At some point during thisprocess, the current direction may point into the air (i.e. the upper hemisphere). If we force that line topoint into the lower hemisphere, we have just reversed the direction in which the current flowed! Generallypoles to bedding are treated as axes as, for example, when we make a π-diagram. This, however, is notstrictly correct. There are really two bedding poles, the vector which points in the direction of stratalyounging and the vector which points towards older rocks.]

Page 25: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 3Vectors, Coordinate Systems

Vectors in three dimensional space have three components, indicated above as V1, V2, and V3. These

components are scalars and, in a Cartesian Coordinate system, they give the magnitude of the vector in

the direction of, or projected onto each of the three axes (b). Because it is tedious to write out the three

components all the time a shorthand notation, known as indicial notation, is commonly used:

Vi , where [i = 1, 2, 3]

X1

V

β

γ

X2

X3

V1

V3

V2

V

|V|V2

V1X1

X2

αβ

(a) (b)

α

(V12 + V2

2 )1

2

|V|

(V12 + V22 )

12

Components of a vector in Cartesian coordinates (a) in two dimensions and (b) inthree dimensions

Magnitude of a Vector . The magnitude of a vector is, graphically, just the length of the arrow. It is

a scalar quantity. In two dimensions it is quite easy to see that the magnitude of vector V can be

calculated from the Pythagorean Theorem (the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the

squares of the other two sides). This is easily generalized to three dimensions, yielding the general

equation for the magnitude of a vector:

V = |V| = (V12 + V2

2 + V32) 1/2 (eqn. 2)

Unit Vector. A unit vector is just a vector with a magnitude of one and is indicated by a

triangular hat: V . Any vector can be converted into a unit vector parallel to itself by dividing the vector

(and its components) by its own magnitude.

draft date: 1/20/99

ˆ V =V1

V,

V2

V,

V3

V

(eqn. 3)

Page 26: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 4Vectors, Coordinate Systems

Direction Cosines. The cosine of the angle that a vector makes with a particular axis is just equal to

the component of the vector along that axis divided by the magnitude of the vector. Thus we get

cosα =V1

V, cosβ =

V2

V, cosγ =

V3

V . (eqn. 4)

Substituting equation eqn. 4 into equation eqn. 3 we see that a unit vector can be expressed in terms of the

cosines of the angles that it makes with the axes. These cosines are known as direction cosines:

ˆ V = cosα , cosβ , cosγ[ ] . (eqn. 5)

Direction Cosines and Structural Geology. The concept of a unit vector is particularly important in

structural geology where we so often deal with orientations, but not sizes, of planes and lines. Any

orientation can be expressed as a unit vector, whose components are the direction cosines. For example,

in a north-east-down coordinate system, a line which has a 30° plunge due east (090°, 30°) would have the

following components:

cos α = cos 90° = 0.0 [α is the angle with respect to north]

cos β = cos 30° = 0.866 [β is the angle with respect to east]

cos γ = (cos 90° - 30°) = 0.5 [γ is the angle with respect to down]

or simply [ cos α, cos β, cos γ ] = [ 0.0 , 0.866 , 0.5 ] .

For the third direction cosine, recall that the angle is measured with respect to the vertical, whereas

plunge is given with respect to the horizontal.

2.4.3 Geologic Features as Vectors

Virtually all structural features can be reduced to two simple geometric objects: lines and planes.

Lines can be treated as vectors. Likewise, because there is only one line which is perpendicular to a

plane, planes — or more strictly, poles to planes — can also be treated as vectors. The question now is,

how do we convert from orientations measured in spherical coordinates to Cartesian coordinates?

Data Formats in Spherical Coordinates. Before that question can be answered, however, we have to

examine for a minute how orientations are generally specified in spherical coordinates (Fig. 2.6). In

North America, planes are commonly recorded according to their strike and dip. But, the strike can

correspond to either of two directions 180° apart, and dip direction must be fixed by specifying a geographic

draft date: 1/20/99

quadrant. This can lead to ambiguity which, if we are trying to be quantitative, is dangerous. There are

Page 27: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 5Vectors, Coordinate Systems

two methods of recording the orientation of a plane that avoids this ambiguity. First, one can record the

strike azimuth such that the dip direction is always clockwise from it, a convention known as the right-hand

rule. This tends to be the convention of choice in North America because it is easy to determine using a

Brunton compass. A second method is to record the dip and dip direction, which is more common in

Europe where compasses make this measurement directly. Of course, the pole also uniquely defines the

plane, but it cannot be measured directly off of either type of compass.

N30°

40°

strike

dip direction

dip

Quadrant:

Azimuth & dip quadrant:

Azimuth, right-hand rule:

Dip azimuth & dip:

Pole trend & plunge:

N 30 W, 40 SW

330, 40 SW

150, 40

240, 40

060, 50

Alternative ways of recording the strike and dip of a plane. The methods whichare not subject to potential ambiguity are shown in bold face type.

Lines are generally recorded in one of two ways. Those associated with planes are commonly

recorded by their orientation with respect to the strike of the plane, that is, their pitch or rake. Although

this way is commonly the most convenient in the field, it can lead to considerable ambiguity if one is not

careful because of the ambiguity in strike, mentioned above, and the fact that pitch can be either of two

complementary angles. The second method — recording the trend and plunge directly — is completely

unambiguous as long as the lower hemisphere is always treated as positive. Vectors which point into the

upper hemisphere (e.g. paleomagnetic poles) can simply be given a negative plunge.

Conversion from Spherical to Cartesian Coordinates. The relations between spherical and Cartesian

coordinates are shown in Fig. 2.7. Notice that the three angles α , β, and γ are measured along great circles

between the point (which represents the vector) and the positive direction of the axis of the Cartesian

coordinate system. Clearly, the angle γ is just equal to 90° minus the plunge of the line. Therefore ,

draft date: 1/20/99

cos γ = cos (90 - plunge) = sin (plunge) (eqn. 6a)

Page 28: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 6Vectors, Coordinate Systems

N

E

D

cos γ

cos β

cos αtrend

90 - trend

plunge

90 - plunge

Perspective diagram showing therelations between the trend andplunge angles and the directioncosines of the vector in theCartesian coordinate system. Grayplane is the vertical plane in whichthe plunge is measured.

cos (plunge)

unit vector

The relations between the trend and plunge and the other two angles are slightly more difficult to

calculate. Recall that we are dealing just with orientations and therefor the vector of interest (the bold

arrowhead in Fig. 2.8) is a unit vector. Therefore, from simple trigonometry the horizontal line which

corresponds to the trend azimuth is equal to the cosine of the plunge. From here, it is just a matter of

solving for the horizontal triangles in Fig. 2.8:

cos α = cos (trend) cos (plunge), (eqn. 6b)

cos β = cos (90 - trend) cos (plunge) = sin (trend) cos (plunge). (eqn. 6c)

These relations, along with those for poles to planes, are summarized in Table 1:

North

East

Down

Table 1: Conversion from Spherical to Cartesian Coordinates

Direction Cosine Lines Poles to Planes(right-hand rule )

Axis

cos α cos(trend)*cos(plunge) sin(strike)*sin(dip)

cos β sin(trend)*cos(plunge) –cos(strike)*sin(dip)

cos γ sin(plunge) cos(dip)

The signs of the direction cosines vary with the quadrant. Although it is not easy to see an

orientation expressed in direction cosines and immediately have an intuitive feel how it is oriented in

draft date: 1/20/99

space, one can quickly tell what quadrant the line dips in by the signs of the components of the vector.

Page 29: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 7Vectors, Coordinate Systems

For example, the vector, [–0.4619, –0.7112, 0.5299], represents a line which plunges into the southwest

quadrant (237°, 32°) because both cos α and cos β are negative.

Understanding how the signs work is very important for another reason. Because it is difficult to

get an intuitive feel for orientations in direction cosine form, after we do our calculations we will want to

convert from Cartesian back to spherical coordinates. This can be tricky because, for each direction cosine,

there will be two possible angles (due to the azimuthal range of 0 - 360°). For example, if cos α = –0.5736,

then α = 125° or α = 235°. In order to tell which of the two is correct, one must look at the value of cos β;

if it is negative then α = 235°, if positive then α = 125°. When you use a calculator or a computer to

calculate the inverse cosine, it will only give you one of the two possible angles (generally the smaller of

the two). You must determine what the other one is knowing the cyclicity of the sine and cosine

functions.

-1

-0.5

0

0.5

1

0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360

Sin

e or

Cos

ine

Angle (degrees)

cosinesine

Graph of sine and cosine functions for 0 - 360°. The plot emphasizes that forevery positive (or negative) cosine, there are two possible angles.

2.4.4 Simple Vector Operations

Scalar Multiplication. To multiply a scalar times a vector, just multiply each component of the

vector times the scalar.

xV = [ xV1, xV2, xV3 ] (eqn. 7)

The most obvious application of scalar multiplication in structural geology is when you want to reverse

the direction of the vector. For example, to change the vector from upper hemisphere to lower (or vice

draft date: 1/20/99

versa) just multiply the vector (i.e. its components) by –1. The resulting vector will be parallel to the

Page 30: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 8Vectors, Coordinate Systems

original and will have the same length, but will point in the opposite direction.

Vector Addition. To add two vectors together, you sum their components:

U + V = V + U = [ V1 + U1 , V2 + U2 , V3 + U3 ] . (eqn. 8)

Graphically, vector addition obeys the parallelogram law whereby the resulting vector can be constructed

by placing the two vectors to be added end-to-end:

U

VU + V U – V

U

–V

(a) (b)

(a) Vector addition and (b) subtraction using the parallelogram law.

Notice that the order in which you add the two vectors together makes no difference. Vector

subtraction is the same as adding the negative of one vector to the positive of the other.

2.4.5 Dot Product and Cross Product

Vector algebra is remarkably simple, in part by virtue of the ease with which one can visualize

various operations. There are two operations which are unique to vectors and which are of great importance

in structural geology. If one understands these two, one has mastered the concept of vectors. They are

the dot product and the cross product.

Dot Product. The dot product is also called the “scalar product” because this operation produces

a scalar quantity. When we calculate the dot product of two vectors the result is the magnitude of the

first vector times the magnitude of the second vector times the cosine of the angle between the two:

U • V = V • U = U V cos θ = U1V1 + U2V2 + U3V3 , (eqn. 9)

draft date: 1/20/99

The physical meaning of the dot product is the length of V times the length of U as projected onto V (that

Page 31: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 9Vectors, Coordinate Systems

is, the length of U in the direction of V). Note that the dot product is zero when U and V are perpendicular

(because in that case the length of U projected onto V is zero). The dot product of a vector with itself is

just equal to the length of the vector:

V • V = V = |V|. (eqn. 10)

Equation (eqn. 9) can be rearranged to solve for the angle between two vectors:

θ = cos−1 U • VUV

. (eqn. 11)

This last equation is particularly useful in structural geology. As stated previously, all orientations are

treated as unit vectors. Thus when we want to find the angle between any two lines, the product of the

two magnitudes, UV, in equations (eqn. 9) and (eqn. 11) is equal to one. Upon rearranging equations

(eqn. 11), this provides a simple and extremely useful equation for calculating the angle between two

lines:

θ = cos-1 ( cos α1 cos α2 + cos β1 cos β2 + cos γ1 cos γ2 ). (eqn. 12)

Cross Product. The result of the cross product of two vectors is another vector. For that reason,

you will often see the cross product called the “vector product”. The cross product is conceptually a

little more difficult than the dot product, but is equally useful in structural geology. It’s primary use is

when you want to calculate the orientation of a vector that is perpendicular to two other vectors. The

resulting perpendicular vector is parallel to the unit vector, ˆ l , and has a magnitude equal to the product

of the magnitude of each vector times the sine of the angle between them. The new vector obeys a

right-hand rule with respect to the other two.

V × U = V ∧ U = ( V U sin θ ) ˆ l (eqn. 13)

and

V × U = [ V2U3 - V3U2 , V3U1 - V1U3 , V1U2 - V2U1] (eqn. 14)

draft date: 1/20/99

The cross product is best illustrated with a diagram, which relates to the above equations:

Page 32: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 0Vectors, Coordinate Systems

lU

V

V × U

θ(unit

vector)

U × V

Diagram illustrating the meaning of the cross-product. The hand indicates theright-hand rule convention; for V × U, the finger curl from V towards U and thethumb points in the direction of the resulting vector, which is parallel to the unit

vector ˆ l . Note that V × U = - U × V

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 33: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 1Seismic Reflection Data

LECTURE 3 — DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY: SEISMIC REFLECTION

3.1 Echo Sounding

Geology presents us with a basic problem. Because rocks are opaque, it is very difficult to see

through them and thus it is difficult to know what is the three-dimensional geometry of structures.

This problem can be overcome by using a remote sensing technique known as seismic reflection.

This is a geophysical method which is exactly analogous to echo sounding and it is widely used in the

petroleum industry. Also several major advances in tectonics have come from recent application of the

seismic reflection in academic studies. I’m not going to teach you geophysics, but every modern structural

geologist needs to know something about seismic reflection profiling.

Lets examine the simple case of making an echo first to see what the important parameters are.

rock wall

ρ air v air v rock ρ rock

a very smallamount of soundcontinues into therock

most sound is reflectedback to the listener

Why do you get a reflection or an echo? You get an echo because the densities and sound velocities of air

and rock are very different. If they had the same density and velocity, there would be no echo. More

specifically

velocity= V =E

ρ(E = Young’s modulus)

and

reflection coefficient = R=amplitude of reflected wave

amplitude of incident wave=

ρ2V2 − ρ1V1

ρ2V2 + ρ1V1

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 34: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 2Seismic Reflection Data

In seismic reflection profiling, what do you actually measure?

groundsurface

1st subsurface layer

2nd subsurface layer

time sound was made

time to go down to the 1st layer and return

time to go down to the 2nd layer and return

depth

time

The above illustration highlights three important things about seismic reflection profiling:

1. Measure time, not depth,

2. The time recorded is round trip or two-way time, and

3. To get the depth, we must know the velocity of the rocks.

Velocities of rocks in the crust range between about 2.5 km/s and 6.8 km/s. Most sedimentary

rocks have velocities of less than 6 km/s. These are velocities of P-waves or compressional waves, not

shear waves. Most seismic reflection surveys measure P- not S-waves.

Seismic reflection profiles resemble geologic cross-sections, but they are not. They are distorted

because rocks have different velocities. The following diagram illustrates this point.

draft date: 1/20/99

3 km

6 km

6 km/s

3 km/s

time

dept

h

1 s

2 s

6 km horizontal reflector

3 s

Page 35: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 3Seismic Reflection Data

3.2 Common Depth Point (CDP) Method

In the real earth, the reflectivity at most interfaces is very small, R ≈ 0.01, and the reflected energy

is proportional to R2. Thus, at most interfaces ~99.99% of the energy is transmitted and 0.01% is reflected.

This means that your recording system has to be able to detect very faint signals coming back from the

subsurface.

source receivers (geophones)

one ray through point

two rays through point

three rays through point

The black dot, and each point on the reflector with a ray going through it, is a common depth point.

Notice that there are twice as many CDPs as there are stations on the ground (where the geophones are).

That is, there is a CDP directly underneath each station and a CDP half way between each station (hence

the name “common midpoint”)

Also, in a complete survey, the number of traces through each midpoint will be equal to one half

the total number of active stations at any one time. [This does not include the ends of the lines where

there are fewer traces, and it also assumes that the source moves up only one station at a time.] The

draft date: 1/20/99

number of active stations is determined by the number of channels in the recording system. Most

Page 36: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 4Seismic Reflection Data

modern seismic reflection surveys use at least 96 (and sometimes -- but not often -- as many as 1024

channels), so that the number of traces through any one CDP will be 48.

This number is the data redundancy, of the fold of the data. For example, 24 fold or 2400%

means that each depth point was sampled 24 times. Sampling fold in a seismic line is the same thing as

the “over-sampling” which you see advertised in compact disk players.

Before the seismic reflection profile can be displayed, there are several intermediate steps. First,

all of the traced through the same CDP have to be gathered together. Then you have to determine a set of

velocities, known as stacking or NMO velocities, which will correct for the fact that each ray through a

CDP has a path of a different length. These velocities should line up all of the individual “blips”

corresponding to a single reflector on adjacent traces

far offset

near offset

sour

ce

distance from source, x

time

[in practice, there is no geophone at the source because it is too noisey]

CDP Gather CDP Gather with NMO

∆ t = normal moveout (NMO)

the NMO velocity is whatever velocitythat lines up all the traces in a CDP gather. It is not the same as the rock velocity

t o

t x

The relation between the horizontal offset, x, and the time at which a reflector appears at that

offset, tx, is:

tx2 = t0

2 +x2

Vstacking2

or

∆t t t tx

Vtx

stacking

= − = +

−0 0

22

2

1

2

0

draft date: 1/20/99

If you have a very simple situation in which all of your reflections are flat and there are only

Page 37: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 5Seismic Reflection Data

vertical velocity variations (i.e. velocities do not change laterally), then you can calculate the rock interval

velocities from the stacking velocities using the Dix equation:

Vi 1 2=

Vst2

2 t2 −Vst1

2 t1

t2 − t1

1

2

where Vi12 is the interval velocity of the layer between reflections 1 and 2, Vst1 is the stacking velocity of

reflection 1, t1 is the two way time of reflection 1, etc. The interval velocity is important because, to

convert from two-way time to depth, we must know the interval, not the stacking, velocity.

Once the correction for normal moveout is made, we can add all of the traces together, or stack

them. This is what produces the familiar seismic reflection profiles.

Processing seismic data like this is simple enough, but there are huge amounts of data involved.

For example a typical COCORP profile is 20 s long, has a 4 ms digital sampling rate (the time interval

between numbers recorded), and is 48 fold. In a hundred station long line, then, we have

200 CDPs( ) 48 sums( ) 20 s( )0.004 s

data sample

= 48×106 data samples.

For this reason, the seismic reflection processing industry is one of the largest users of computers in the

world!

3.3 Migrat ion

The effect of this type of processing is to make it look like the source and receiver coincide (e.g.

having 48 vertical traces directly beneath the station). Thus, all reflections are plotted as if they were

vertically beneath the surface. This assumption is fine for flat layers, but produces an additional distortion

for dipping layers, as illustrated below.

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 38: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 6Seismic Reflection Data

actual raypaths

actual position of reflector in space

position of reflection assuming reflecting point is vertically beneath the station

surface

Note that the affect of this distortion is that all dipping reflections are displaced down-dip and have a

shallower dip than the reflector that produced them. The magnitude of this distortion is a function of the

dip of the reflector and the velocity of the rocks.

The process of migration corrects this distortion, but it depends on well-determined velocities

and on the assumption that all reflections are in the plane of the section (see “sideswipe”, below). A

migrated section can commonly be identified because it has broad “migration smiles” at the bottom and

edges. Smiles within the main body of the section probably mean that it has been “over-migrated.”

3.4 Resolution of Seismic Reflection Data

The ability of a seismic reflection survey to resolve features in both horizontal and vertical

directions is a function of wavelength:

λ = velocity / frequency.

Wavelength increases with depth in the Earth because velocity increases and frequency decreases. Thus,

seismic reflection surveys lose resolution with increasing depth in the Earth.

3.4.1 Vertical Resolution

Generally, the smallest (thinnest) resolvable features are 1/4 to 1/8 the dominant wavelength:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 39: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 7Seismic Reflection Data

layered sequence in the Earth

At low frequencies (long wavelengths) these three beds will be "smeared out" into one long wave form

At higher frequencies (shorter wavelengths) the three beds will be distinguishable on the seismic section

3.4.2 Horizontal Resolution

The horizontal resolution of seismic reflection data depends on the Fresnel Zone, a concept which

should be familiar to those who have taken optics. The minimum resolvable horizontal dimensions are

equal to the first Fresnel zone, which is defined below.

λ4 λ

4

first Fresnel Zonefirst Fresnel Zone

higher frequency lower frequency

Because frequency decreases with depth in the crust, seismic reflection profiles will have greater horizontal

resolution at shallower levels.

At 1.5 km depth with typical frequencies, the first Fresnel Zone is ~300 m. At 30 km depth, it is

about 3 km in width.

Consider a discontinuous sandstone body. The segments which are longer than the first Fresnel

Zone will appear as reflections, whereas those which are shorter will act like point sources. Point sources

and breaks in the sandstone will generate diffractions, which have hyperbolic curvature:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 40: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 8Seismic Reflection Data

Fresnel zonereflections diffractions

3.5 Diffractions

Diffractions may look superficially like an anticline but they are not. They are extremely useful,

especially because seismic reflection techniques are biased toward gently dipping layers and do not image directly

steeply dipping or vertical features. Diffractions help you to identify such features. For example, a vertical

dike would not show up directly as a reflection but you could determine its presence by correctly

identifying and interpreting the diffractions from it:

dike diffraction from dike

geologic section seismic section

raypaths

High-angle faults are seldom imaged directly on seismic reflection profiles, but they, too, can be located

by finding the diffractions from the truncated beds:

geologic section seismic section

The shape and curvature of a diffraction is dependent on the velocity. At faster velocities, diffractions

draft date: 1/20/99

become broader and more open. Thus at great depths in the crust, diffractions may be very hard to

Page 41: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 9Seismic Reflection Data

distinguish from gently dipping reflections.

3.6 Artifacts

The seismic reflection technique produces a number of artifacts -- misleading features which are

easily misinterpreted as real geology -- which can fool a novice interpreted. A few of the more common

“pitfalls” are briefly listed below.

3.6.1 Velocity Pullup/pulldown

We have already talked about this artifact when we discussed the distortion due to the fact that

seismic profiles are plotted with the vertical dimension in time, not depth. When you have laterally

varying velocities, deep horizontal reflectors will be pulled up where they are overlain locally by a high

velocity body and will be pushed down by a low velocity body (as in the example on page 2).

3.6.2 Multiples

Where there are very reflective interfaces, you can get multiple reflections, or multiples, from

those interfaces. The effective reflectivity of multiples is the product of the reflectivity of each reflecting

interface. For simple multiples (see below) then,

Rmultiple = R2primary.

If the primary reflector has a reflection coefficient of 0.01 then the first multiple will have an effective

reflection coefficient of 0.0001. In other words, multiples are generally only a problem for highly reflective

interfaces, such as the water bottom in the case of a marine survey or particularly prominent reflectors in

draft date: 1/20/99

sedimentary basins (e.g. the sediment-basement interface).

Page 42: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 0Seismic Reflection Data

Multiple from a flat layer:

geologic section seismic section

simple raypath

multiple raypath

multiple at twice the travel time of the primary

primary reflection

dept

h

time

Multiple from a dipping layer (note that the multiple has twice the dip of the primary):

geologic section seismic section

simple raypath multiple

raypath

multiple at twice the

travel time of the primary

primary reflection

dept

h

time

Pegleg multiples:

geologic section seismic section

simple raypaths

pegleg raypath

pegleg multiple

primary reflections

dept

h

time

3.6.3 Sideswipe

In seismic reflection profiling, we assume that all the energy that returns to the geophones comes

from within the vertical plane directly beneath the line of the profile. Geology is inherently three-dimensional

draft date: 1/20/99

so this need not be true. Even though geophones record only vertical motions, a strong reflecting

Page 43: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 1Seismic Reflection Data

interface which is out-of-the-plane can produce a reflection on a profile, as in the case illustrated below.

seismic reflection survey along this line

in plane ray path from sandstone

out of plane ray path ("sideswipe") from dike

Reflections from out of the plane is called sideswipe. Such reflections will cross other reflections and will

not migrate out of the way. (Furthermore they will migrate incorrectly because in migration, we assume

that there has been no sideswipe!) The main way of detecting sideswipe is by running a sufficient

number of cross-lines and tying reflections from line to line. Sideswipe is particularly severe where

seismic lines run parallel to the structural grain.

3.6.4 Buried Focus

geologic section seismic section

dept

h

time

a

b

c a

b

c

d

e

f

f

e

d

Tight synclines at depth can act like concave mirrors to produce an inverted image quite unlike the actual

structure. Although the geological structure is a syncline, on the seismic profile it looks like an anticline.

Many an unhappy petroleum geologist has drilled a buried focus hoping to find an anticlinal trap! The

likelihood of observing a buried focus increases with depth because more and more open structures will

draft date: 1/20/99

produce the focus. A good migration will correct for buried focus.

Page 44: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 2Seismic Reflection Data

3.6.5 Others

• reflected refractions

• reflected surface waves

• spatial aliasing

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 45: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 3Introduction to Deformation

LECTURE 4 — INTRODUCTION TO DEFORMATION

4.1 Introduction

In this part of the course, we will first lay out the mechanical background of structural geology

before going on to explain the structures, themselves. As stated in the first lecture, what we, as geologists,

see in the field are deformed rocks. We do not see the forces acting on the rocks today, and we certainly

do not see the forces which produced the deformation in which we are interested. Thus, deformation

would seem to be an obvious starting point in our exploration of structural geology.

There is a natural hierarchy to understanding how the Earth works from a structural view point:

• geometry

• kinematics

• mechanics (“dynamics”)

We have briefly addressed some topics related to geometry and how we describe it; the lab part of this

course deals almost exclusively with geometric methods.

4.2 Kinematics

“Kinematic analysis” means reconstructing the movements and distortions that occur during

rock deformation. Deformation is the process by which the particles in the rock rearrange themselves

from some initial position to the final position that we see today. The components of deformation are:

Rigid body deformation

Translation

Rotation

Non-rigid Body deformation (STRAIN)

Distortion

Dilation

4.2.1 Rigid Body Deformations

Translation = movement of a body without rotation or distortion:

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Page 46: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 4Introduction to Deformation

particle paths

in translation, all of the particle paths are straight, constant length, and parallel to each other.

Rotation = rotation of the body about a common axis. In rotation, the particle paths are curved

and concentric.

curved particle paths

The sense of rotation depends on the position of the viewer. The rotation axis is defined as a vector

pointing in the direction that the viewer is looking:

Right-handedclockwise

dextral

Left-handedcounter-clockwise

sinestral

Translation and rotation commonly occur at the same time, but mathematically we can treat them completely

separately

4.2.2 Strain (Non-rigid Body Deformation)

Four very important terms:

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Continuous -- strain properties vary smoothly throughout the body with no abrupt changes.

Page 47: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 5Introduction to Deformation

Discontinuous -- abrupt changes at surfaces, or breaks in the rock

fold is continuous fault is discontinuous

Homogeneous -- the properties of strain are identical throughout the material. Each particle of

material is distorted in the same way. There is a simple test if the deformation is homogeneous:

1. Straight lines remain straight

2. Parallel lines remain parallel

Heterogeneous --the type and amount of strain vary throughout the material, so that one part is

more deformed than another part.

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Page 48: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 6Introduction to Deformation

This diagram does not fit the above test so it is heterogeneous. You can see that a fold would be a

heterogeneous deformation.

4.2.3 Continuum Mechanics

Mathematically, we really only have the tools to deal with continuous deformation. Thus, the

study of strain is a branch of continuum mechanics. This fancy term just means “the mechanics of

materials with smoothly varying properties.” Such materials are called “continua.”

Right away, you can see a paradox: Geological materials are full of discontinuous features:

faults, cracks, bedding surfaces, etc. So, why use continuum mechanics?

1. The mathematics of discontinuous deformation is far more difficult.

2. At the appropriate scale of observation, continuum mechanics is an adequate approximation.

We also analyze homogeneous strain because it is easier to deal with. To get around the problem

of heterogeneous deformation, we apply the concept of structural domains. These are regions of more-or-less

homogeneous deformation within rocks which, at a broader scale, are heterogeneous. Take the example

of a fold:

The approximations that we make in order to analyze rocks as homogeneous and continuous again

depend on the scale of observation and the vantage point of the viewer.

Let’s take a more complex, but common example of a thrust-and-fold belt:

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Page 49: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 7Introduction to Deformation

4.2.4 Four Aspects of a Deforming Rock System:

1. Position today 2. Displacement

initial(beginning)

final(present)

Position today is easy to get. It’s just the latitude and longitude, or whatever convenient measure you

want to use (e.g. “25 km SW of Mt. Marcy” etc.).

The displacement is harder to get because we need to know both the initial and the final positions

of the particle. The line which connects the initial and final positions is the displacement vector, or what

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

we called earlier, the particle path.

Page 50: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 8Introduction to Deformation

3. Dated Path3. Path

initial(beginning)

final(present)

35 Ma31

2613

11

10

8.5

60 Ma

Ideally, of course, we would like to be able to determine the dated path in all cases, but this is usually just

not possible because we can’t often get that kind of information out of the earth. There are some cases,

though:

Hawaii(0 Ma)

Midway(40 Ma)

80 Ma

EmperorSeamounts

Hawaii Ridge

Pacific Ocean

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Page 51: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 3 9Strain, the basics

4 .3 Measurement of Strain

There are three types of things we can measure:

1. Changes in the lengths of lines,

2. Changes in angles

3. Changes in volume

In all cases, we are comparing a final state with an initial state. What happens between those two

states is not accounted for (i.e. the displacement path, #3 above, is not accounted for).

l i l f

4.3.1 Change in Line Length:

Extension:∆ l = ( li – lf )

li

lf

we define extension (elongation) e≡∆l

li=

l f − li( )li

=l f

li−1 (4.1)

shortening is negative

Stretch: S≡l f

li=1+ e (4.2)

Quadratic elongation: λ = S2 = 1+ e( )2(4.3)

if λ = 1 then no change

if λ < 1 then shortening

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

if λ > 1 then extension

Page 52: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 4 0Strain, the basics

λ ≥ 0 because it is a function of S2. It will only be 0 if volume change reduces lf to zero.

4.3.2 Changes in Angles:

ψ

α

y

x

There are two ways to look at this deformation:

1. Measure the change in angle between two originally perpendicular lines:

change in angle = 90 - α = ψ ≡ angular shear

2. Look at the displacement, x, of a particle at any distance, y, from the origin (a

particle which does not move):

x

y= γ ≡ shear strain (4.4)

The relationship between these two measures is a simple trig function:

γ = tan ψ (4.5)

γ and ψ are very useful geologically because there are numerous features which we know were originally

perpendicular (e.g. worm tubes, bilaterally symmetric fossils, etc.):

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Page 53: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 4 4 1Strain, the basics

4.3.3 Changes in Volume (Dilation):

Dilation = ∆ ≡−( )V V

Vf i

i

(4.6)

draft date: 20 Jan 1999

Page 54: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 5 4 2The Strain Ellipsoid

LECTURE 5 — STRAIN II: THE STRAIN ELLIPSOID

5 .1 Motivation for General 3-D Strain Relations

Last class, we considered how to measure the strain of individual lines and angles that had been

deformed. Consider a block with a bunch of randomly oriented lines:

Point out how each line and angle change and why.

Well, we now have equations to describe what happens to each individual line and angle, but

how do we describe how the body as a whole changes?

We could mark the body with lines of all different orientations and measure each one -- not very

practical in geology. There is, however, a simple geometric object which describes lines of all different

orientations but with equal length, a circle:

Any circle that is subjected to homogeneous strain turns into an ellipse. In three dimensions, a sphere turns

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

into an ellipsoid. You’ll have to take this on faith right now but we’ll show it to be true later on.

Page 55: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 5 4 3The Strain Ellipsoid

5 .2 Equations for Finite Strain

Coming back to our circle and family of lines concept, let’s derive some equations that describe

how any line in the body changes length and orientation.

3

1

3

1

1

1

unit radius

[sometimes you'll see the 1 and 3 axes referred to as the "X" and "Z" axes, respectively]

l =f 3S =3 λ 3 l =f 1

S =1 λ 1

l fl i

S = λ = = lf

The general equation for a circle is: x2 + z2 = 1,

and for an ellipse:x

a

z

b

2

2

2

2 1+ = (5.1)

where a & b are the major and minor axes.

So, the equation of the strain ellipse is:

x z2

1

2

3

1λ λ

+ = (5.2)

5.3 Extension of a Line

Now, let’s determine the strain of any line in the deformed state:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 56: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 5 4 4The Strain Ellipsoid

3

1

3

1

1

(x, z)

θ

ψ

θ '

(x', z')

λ 3

λ 1

λ

From the above, you can see that:

′ = ′z λ θsin and ′ = ′x λ θcos (5.3)

Substituting into the strain ellipse equation (5.2), we get

λ θλ

λ θλ

sin cos2

3

2

1

1′ + ′ = . (5.4)

Dividing both sides by λ, yields:

sin cos2

3

2

1

1′ + ′ =θλ

θλ λ

. (5.5)

We can manipulate this equation to get a more usable form by using some standard trigonometric

double angle formulas:

cos 2α = cos2 α - sin2 α = 2cos2 α - 1 = 1 - 2sin2 α . (5.6)

Cranking through the substitutions, and rearranging:

λ λ λ λ θλ λ λ

3 1 3 1

1 3

2

21+ + −( ) ′

=cos

. (5.7)

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

If we let

Page 57: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 5 4 5The Strain Ellipsoid

λ ' = 1λ

, λ1' = 1

λ1 , and λ3

' = 1

λ3 ,

then

′ + ′( ) −′ − ′( ) ′ = ′

λ λ λ λθ λ3 1 3 1

2 22cos . (5.8)

5.4 Shear Strain

To get the shear strain, you need to know the equation for the tangent to an ellipse:

x z′ + ′ =x z

1 3λ λ1 . (5.9)

Substituting equations 5.3 (page 44) into 5.9:

x zλ θλ

λ θλ

cos sin′ + ′ =1 3

1 , (5.10)

we can solve for the intercepts of the tangent:

(x', y')λ 3

λ sin θ'

θ '

ψψ + θ'

90 − θ'

90 − ψ

λ 1

λ cos θ'From equation 5.10 and settingfirst x = 0 and then z = 0, andsolving for the other variable

From the trigonometry of the above triangle (from here, it can be solved in a lot of different ways):

tantan tan

tan tantanψ θ ψ θ

ψ θλλ

θ+ ′( ) = + ′− ′

= ′1

1

3

.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 58: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 5 4 6The Strain Ellipsoid

Recall that: tan ψ = γ .

Lots of substitutions later:

γλ λ θ θ

λ θ λ θ=

−( ) ′ ′′ + ′

1 3

32

12

sin cos

cos sin .

The denominator is just λ1λ3

λ, which you get by multiplying eqn. 5.4 by λ1λ3 and dividing by λ.

Eventually, you get

γλ λ λ

θ= −

′12

1 12

3 1

sin .

and with the same reciprocals as we used before (top of page 45):

′ = =′ − ′( ) ′γ γ

λλ λ

θ3 1

22sin (5.11)

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Next time, we’ll see what all this effort is useful for…

Page 59: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 5 4 7Mohrs Circle for Finite Strain

LECTURE 6 — STRAIN III: MOHR ON THE STRAIN ELLIPSOID

6 .1 Introduction

Last time, we derived the fundamental equations for the strain ellipse:

′ =′ + ′( ) −

′ − ′( ) ′λλ λ λ λ

θ3 1 3 1

2 22cos (6.1)

and

′ = =′ − ′( ) ′γ γ

λλ λ

θ3 1

22sin (6.2)

These equations are of the same form as the parametric equations for a circle:

x = c - r cos α

y = r sin a ,

where the center of the circle is located at (c, 0) on the X-axis and the circle has a radius of “r”. Thus, the

above equations define a circle with a center at

c, , 02

03 1( ) = ′ + ′

λ λ

and radius

r = ′ − ′

λ λ3 1

2 .

These equations define the Mohr’s Circle for finite strain.

6.2 Mohr’s Circle For Finite Strain

The Mohr’s Circle is a graphical construction devised by a German engineer, Otto Mohr, around

the turn of the century. It actually is a graphical solution to a two dimensional tensor transformation,

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

which we mentioned last time, and can be applied to any symmetric tensor. We will see the construction

Page 60: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 6 4 8Mohrs Circle for Finite Strain

again when we talk about stress. But, for finite strain, it looks like:

λ '

γ '

λ '1 λ '3

2θ'

λ '1

λ '3

2

λ '1λ '32

+

ψ

λ '

γ

λ

You can prove to yourself with some simple trigonometry that the angle between the λ '-axis and a line

from the origin to the point on the circle that represents the strain of the line really is ψ:

tanψ γλ

γλ

λ

γ= ′′

= =1

6.3 Principal Axes of Strain

λ1 and λ3, the long and short axes of the finite strain ellipse, are known as the principal axes of

strain because they are the lines which undergo the maximum and minimum amounts of extension.

From the Mohr’s Circle, we can see a very important property of the principal axes. They are the only

two points on the circle that intersect the horizontal axis.

Thus, lines parallel to the principal axes suffer no shear strain or angular shear. All other lines in the

body do undergo angular shear.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Lines are perpendicular before and after the deformation because they are parallel to the principal axes

Page 61: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 6 4 9Mohrs Circle for Finite Strain

6 .4 Maximum Angular Shear

You can also use the Mohr’s Circle to calculate the orientation and extension of the line which

undergoes the maximum angular shear, ψmax, and shear strain, γmax:

γ '

2θ'

λ '1

λ '3

2

λ '1λ '32

+

ψmax

tangent line

λ '

From the geometry above,

sin maxψλ λ

λ λλ λλ λ

=

′ − ′

′ + ′ = ′ − ′′ + ′

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

2

2

,

or

ψ λ λλ λmax sin= ′ − ′

′ + ′

−1 3 1

3 1

. (6.3)

To get the orientation of the line with maximum angular shear, θ'ψmax:

cosmax

2 2

2

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

′ =

′ − ′

′ + ′ = ′ − ′′ + ′

θλ λ

λ λλ λλ λψ ,

or

′ = ′ − ′′ + ′

−θ λ λλ λψ max

cos12

1 3 1

3 1

. (6.4)

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

You could also easily solve this problem by differentiating with respect to θ, and setting it equal

Page 62: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 6 5 0Mohrs Circle for Finite Strain

to zero:

d

d

γθ′

= 0 .

6.5 El l ipt ic i ty

This is a commonly used parameter which describes the aspect ratio (i.e. the ratio of the large and

small axes) of the strain ellipse. Basically, it tells you something about the two-dimensional shape of the

strain ellipse.

Re

e

S

S=

+( )+( ) =

1

11

3

1

3

. (6.5)

Note that, because S1 is always greater than S3 (by definition), R is always greater than 1. A circle has an

R of 1.

6.6 Rotation of Any Line During Deformation

It is a simple, yet important, calculation to determine the amount that any line has rotated during

the deformation:

(x, z)

(x', z')

θ θ'

tan θ = zx

tan θ' = z'x'

The stretches along the principal axes, 1 and 3, are:

Sx

xx x1 1 1= = ′ ⇒ ′ =λ λ

and

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Sz

zz z3 3 3= = ′ ⇒ ′ =λ λ .

Page 63: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 6 5 1Mohrs Circle for Finite Strain

Substituting into the above equations, we get a relation between θ and θ':

tan tan tantan′ = = = =θ

λλ

θλλ

θ θz

x

S

S R3

1

3

1

3

1

. (6.6)

The amount of rotation that any line undergoes then is just (θ - θ').

6.7 Lines of No Finite Elongation

In any homogeneous deformation without a volume change, there are two lines which have the

same length both before and after the deformation. These are called “lines of no finite elongation”

(LNFE):

lines of "no finite elongation"

l = l = 1i f

λ ' = S = 12

We can solve for the orientations of these two lines by setting the Mohr Circle equation for elongation to

1,

′ =′ + ′( ) −

′ − ′( ) ′ =λλ λ λ λ

θ3 1 3 1

2 22 1cos ,

and solving for θ':

cos cos22

2 13 1

3 1

2′ =′ + ′ −( )

′ − ′( ) = ′ −θλ λ

λ λθ ,

and

cos2 3

3 1

1′ =

′ −( )′ − ′( )θ

λλ λ

. (6.7)

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 64: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 6 5 2Mohrs Circle for Finite Strain

There are alternative forms which use θ instead of θ' and λ instead of λ':

tan2 1

3

1

λλ

=−( )

−( )and

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

tan2 3

1

1

3

1

1′ =

−( )−( )θ λ

λλ

λ .

Page 65: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 6 5 3Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

LECTURE 7 — STRAIN IV: FINITE VS. INFINITESIMAL STRAIN

Up until now, we’ve mostly been concerned with describing just the initial and final states of

deformed objects. We’ve only barely mentioned the progression of steps by which things got to their

present condition. What we’ve been studying is finite strain -- the total difference between initial and

final states. Finite strain can be thought of as the sum of a great number of very small strains. Each small

increment of strain is known as Infinitesimal Strain. A convenient number to remember is that an

infinitesimal strain is any strain up to about 2%; that is:

el l

lf i

i

=−

≤ 0 02.

With this concept of strain, at any stage of the deformation, there are two strain ellipsoids that represent

the strain of the rock:

Finite Strain Ellipse Infinitesimal Strain Ellipse

This represents the total deformation from the beginning up until the present.

This is the strain that the particles will feel in the next instant of deformation

You can look at it this way:

Start with a box

strain it a finite amount carve a new box out of it

and deform that new box by a very small amount

Finite Strain Infinitesimal Strain

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 66: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 7 5 4Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

Key aspect of infinitesimal strain:

• The maximum angular shear is always at 45° to the principal axes

7.1 Coaxial and Non-coaxial Deformation

Notice that, in the above drawing, I purposely made the axes of the infinitesimal strain ellipse

have a different orientation than those of the finite strain ellipse. Obviously, this is one of two cases -- in

the other, the axes would be parallel. This is a very important distinction for understanding deformation:

• Coaxial -- if the axes of the finite and infinitesimal strain ellipses are parallel

• Non-coaxial -- when the axes of finite and infinitesimal are not parallel

These two terms should not be confused (as they, unfortunately, usually are in geology) with the following

two terms, which refer just to finite strain.

• Rotational -- when the axes of the finite strain ellipse are not parallel to their

restored configuration in the undeformed, initial state

• Non-rotational -- the axes in restored and final states are parallel

In general in the geological literature, rotational/non-coaxial deformation is referred to as simple shear

and non-rotational/coaxial deformation is referred to as pure shear. The following table may help

organize, if not clarify, this concept:

Finite Strain Infinitesimal Strain

Non-rotational ⇒ pure shear

Rotational ⇒ Simple shear

Coaxial ⇒ progressive pure shear

Non-coaxial ⇒ progressive simple shear

In practice, it is difficult to apply these distinctions, which is why most geologists just loosely refer to

pure shear and simple shear. Even so, it is important to understand the distinction, as the following

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

diagram illustrates:

Page 67: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 7 5 5Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

A non-coaxial, non-rotational deformation

7.2 Two Types of Rotation

Be very careful to remember that there are two different types of rotations that we can talk about

in deformation:

1. The rotation of the principal axes during the deformation. This occurs only

in non-coaxial deformation.

2. The rotation of all other lines in the body besides the principal axes. You can

easily calculate this from the equations that we derived in the last two classes

(e.g., eqn. 6.6, p. 51). This rotation affects all lines in the body except the

principal axes. This rotation has nothing to do with whether or not the

deformation is by pure or simple shear.

If we know the magnitudes of the principal axes and the initial or final position of the line, it is

always possible to calculate the second type of rotation. Without some external frame of reference, it is

impossible to calculate the first type of rotation. In other words, if I have a deformed fossil and can

calculate the strain, I still do not know if it got to it’s present condition via a coaxial or non-coaxial strain

path.

Many a geologist has confused these two types of rotation!!

7.3 Deformation Paths

Most geologic deformations involve a non-coaxial strain path. Thus, in general, the axes of the

infinitesimal and finite strain ellipsoids will not coincide. In the diagram below, all the lines which are

within the shaded area of the infinitesimal strain ellipse [“i(+)”] will become infinitesimally longer in the

next tiny increment of deformation; they may still be shorter than they were originally. In the shaded

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

area of the finite strain ellipse [“f(+)”], all of the lines are longer than they started out.

Page 68: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 7 5 6Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

i (-)

i (+)

f (-)f (+)

note: LNIE at 45° to principal axes

note: LNFE at < 45°to principal axes

Infinitesimal strain Finite Strain

Thus, the history of deformation that any line undergoes can be very complex. If the infinitesimal

strain ellipse is superposed on the finite ellipse in the most general possible configuration, there are four

general fields that result.

f (+), i (-)

f (-), i (-)

f (-), i (+)

f (+), i (+)

I

II

III

IV

Most general case:

An arbitrary superposition of the infinitesimal ellipse on the finite ellipse. Not very likely in asingle progressive deformation

• Field I: lines are shorter than they started, and they will continue to shorten in

the next increment;

• Field II: lines are shorter than they started, but will begin to lengthen in the

next increment;

• Field III: lines are longer than they started, and will continue to lengthen in

the next increment; and

• Field IV: lines are longer than they started, but will shorten in the next

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

increment.

Page 69: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 7 5 7Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

The case for a progressive simple shear is simpler, because one of the lines of no finite extension

coincides with one of the lines of no infinitesimal extension. To understand this, think of a card deck

experiment.

Note that the individual cards never change length or orientation. Thus, they are always parallel to one of the lines of no infinitesimal and no finite extension

cards

ψ

f (-), i (+)

f (+), i (+)f (-), i (-)

Simple Shear

III

III

Thus, lines will rotate only in the direction of the shear, and lines that begin to lengthen will

never get shorter again during a single, progressive simple shear.

In progressive pure shear, below, you only see the same three fields that exist for simple shear,

so, again, lines that begin to lengthen will never get shorter. The difference between pure and simple

shear is that, in pure shear, lines within the body will rotate in both directions (clockwise and

counterclockwise).

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

f (+), i (+)

f (-), i (-)f (-), i (+)

III

III

Pure Shear

Page 70: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 7 5 8Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

7 .4 Superposed Strains & Non-commutability

In general, the order in which strains and rotations of different types are superimposed makes a

difference in terms of the final product. This property is called “non-commutability”.

Two strains:

Area = 4.13 sq. cm

1. Simple shear, ψ = 45°

2. Pure shear, e = 1x

1. Pure shear, e = 1

2. Simple shear, ψ = 45°

x

A strain & a rotation:

1. Stretch = 2 2. Rotation = 45°

2. Stretch = 21. Rotation = 45°

7.5 Plane Strain & 3-D Strain

So far, we’ve been talking about strain in just two dimensions, and implicitly assuming that

there’s no change in the third dimension. Strain like this is known as “plane strain”. In the most general

case, though, strain is three dimensional:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 71: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 7 5 9Infinitesimal & Finite Strain

Z = λ3Y = λ2

X = λ1

Note that, in three dimensional strain, the lines of no extension become cones of no extension. That is

because an ellipsoid intersects a sphere in two cones.

Three-dimensional strains are most conveniently displayed on what is called a Flinn diagram.

This diagram basically shows the ratio of the largest and intermediate strain axes, X & Y, plotted against

the ratio of the intermediate and the smallest, Y & Z. A line with a slope of 45° separates a field of

“cigar”-shaped strain ellipsoids from “pancake”-shaped ellipsoids. All plane strain deformations plot on

this line, including, for example, all simple shears.

k = 1k = ∞

k = 0

Y

Z S 3

S 2

1 + e3

1 + e2= =

X

Y S 2

S 1

1 + e2

1 + e1= =

prolate speroids"cigars"

oblate speroids"pancakes"pla

ne st

rain

most geological deformations

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 72: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 0Introduction to Stress

LECTURE 8—STRESS I: INTRODUCTION

8.1 Force and Stress

I told you in one of the first lectures that we seldom see the forces that are responsible for the

deformation that we study in the earth because they are instantaneous, and we generally study old

deformations. Furthermore, we cannot measure stress directly. Nonetheless, one of the major goals of

structural geology is to understand the distribution of forces in the earth and how those forces act to

produce the structures that we see.

There are lots of practical reasons for wanting to do this:

• earthquakes

• oil well blowouts

• what makes the plates move

• why landslides occur, etc.

Consider two blocks of rock. I’m going to apply the same forces to each one:

FF

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 73: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 1Introduction to Stress

Your intuition tells you that the smaller block is going to “feel” the force a lot more than the

larger block. That’s because there are fewer particles in it to distribute the force. Thus, although the two

blocks are under the same force, it is more “concentrated” in the little block. To express this, we need to

define a new term:

Stress = Force / Area

or as an equation:

rr

σ = F

A(8.1)

Note that, because force is a vector and area is a scalar, stress defined in this way must also be a vector. For

that reason, we call it the stress vector or more correctly, a traction vector. When we talk about tractions,

it is always with reference to a particular plane.

8.2 Units Of Stress

Stress has units of force divided by area. Force is equal to mass times acceleration. The “official”

unit is the Pascal (Pa):

ForceArea

mass accelerationArea

kgms

mNm

Pa2

2 2= × =

= =

In the above equation, N is the abbreviation for “Newton” the unit of force. In the earth, most stresses are

substantially bigger than a Pascal, so we more commonly use the unit “megapascal” (Mpa):

1 MPa = 106 Pa = 10 bars = 9.8692 atm.

8.3 Sign Conventions:

Engineering: compression (-), tension (+)

Geology: compression (+), tension (-)

In geology, compression is more common in the earth (because of the high confining pressure).

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Engineers are much more worried about tensions.

Page 74: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 2Introduction to Stress

8 .4 Stress on a Plane; Stress at a Point

An arbitrary stress on a plane can be resolved into three components:

X1 X2

X3

random stresson the plane

normal stress

shear stress // 2 axis

shear stress // 1 axis

We can extend this idea to three dimensions to look at stress at a single point, which we’ll represent as a

very small cube:

X1 X2

X3

σ23

σ11σ12

σ13

σ31σ32

σ33

σ22

σ21

In three dimensions, there are nine tractions which define the state of stress at a point. There is a

convention for what the subscripts mean:

the first subscript identifies the plane by indicating the axis which is

perpendicular to it

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

the second subscript shows which axis the traction vector is parallel to

Page 75: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 3Introduction to Stress

These nine vectors can be written in matrix form:

σσ σ σσ σ σσ σ σ

ij =

11 12 13

21 22 23

31 32 33

(8.2)

As you may have guessed, σij is the stress tensor. If my cube in the figure, above, is in equilibrium so that

it is not rotating, then you can see that

σ12 = σ21 , σ13 = σ31 , and σ32 = σ23

Otherwise, the cube would rotate about one of the axes. Thus, there are only six independent components

to the stress tensor. This means that the stress tensor is a symmetric tensor.

8.5 Principal Stresses

Notice in the “stress on a plane” figure (page 62) that the gray arrow labeled “random stress on a

plane” is larger than any of the normal or shear stresses. If we change the orientation of the plane so that

it is perpendicular to this arrow then all the shear stresses on the plane go to zero and we are left with

only with the gray arrow which is now equal to the normal stresses on the plane. Now let’s extend this

idea to the block. It turns out that there is one orientation of the block where all the shear stresses on all

of the face go to zero and each of the three faces has only a normal stress on it. Then, the matrix which

represents the stress tensor reduces to:

σσ

σσ

ij =

1

2

3

0 0

0 0

0 0

(8.3)

In this case the remaining components -- σ1, σ2, and σ3 -- are known as the principal stresses. By

convention, σ1 is the largest and σ3 is the smallest. People sometimes refer to these as “compression” and

“tension”, respectively, but this is wrong. All three may be tensions or compressions.

You can think of the three principal axes of stress as the major, minor, and intermediate axes of

an ellipsoid; this ellipsoid is known as the stress ellipsoid.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 76: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 4Introduction to Stress

σ3

σ1 σ2

8.6 The Stress Tensor

As you may have guessed from the lecture on tensors last time, σij is the stress tensor. The stress

tensor simply relates the traction vector on a plane to the vector which defines the orientation of the plane

[remember, a tensor relates two fields of vectors]. The mathematical relation which describes this relation

in general is known as Cauchy’s Law:

p li ij j= σ (8.4)

I can use this equation to calculate the stress on any plane in the body if I know the value of the stress

tensor in my chosen coordinate system.

8.7 Mean Stress

This is just the average of the three principal stresses. Because the sum of the principal diagonal

is just the first invariant of the stress tensor (i.e. it does not depend on the specific coordinate system), you

do not have to know what the principal stresses are to calculate the mean stress; it is just the first

invariant divided by three:

σ σ σ σ σ σ σm = + + = + +1 2 3 11 22 33

3 3 . (8.5)

8.8 Deviatoric Stress

With this concept of mean stress, we can break the stress tensor down into two components:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

σ σ σσ σ σσ σ σ

σσ

σ

σ σ σ σσ σ σ σσ σ σ σ

11 12 13

21 22 23

31 32 33

11 12 13

21 22 23

31 32 33

0 0

0 0

0 0

=

+−

−−

m

m

m

m

m

m

. (8.6)

Page 77: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 5Introduction to Stress

The first component is the isotropic part or the mean stress; it is responsible for the type of deformation

mechanism as well as dilation. The second component is the deviatoric stress; it is what actually

produces the distortion of a body. Note that when you talk about deviatoric stress, the maximum stress

is always positive (compressional) and the minimum is always negative (tensional).

8.9 Special States of Stress

• Uniaxial Stress: only one non-zero principal stress, i.e. σ1 or σ3 ≠ 0

• Biaxial Stress: one principal stress equals zero, the other two do not

• Triaxial Stress: three non-zero principal stresses, i.e. σ1, σ2, and σ3 ≠ 0

• Axial Stress: two of the three principal stresses are equal, i.e. σ1 > σ2 = σ3

• Lithostatic Pressure: The weight of the overlying column of rock:

P gdz gzlithostatic

z

ave= ≈∫ ρ ρ0

• Hydrostatic Pressure: (1) the weight of a column of fluid in the interconnected

pore spaces in a rock (Suppe, 1986):

P gzfluid ave f= ρ

(2) The mean stress (Hobbs, Means, & Williams, 1976):

σ σ σ σ σ σ σm = + + = + +1 2 3 11 22 33

3 3

(3) When all of the principal stresses are equal (Jaeger & Cook, 1976):

P = σ1 = σ2 = σ3

Although these definitions appear different, they are really all the same. Fluids at rest can

support no shear stress (i.e. they offer no resistance to shearing). That is why, by the way, we know that

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

the outer core of the earth is a fluid -- it does not transmit shear waves from earthquakes.

Page 78: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 8 6 6Introduction to Stress

Thus the state of stress is the same throughout the body. This type of stress is also known as

Spherical Stress. It is called the spherical stress because it represents a special case in which the stress

ellipsoid is a sphere. Thus, every plane in a fluid is perpendicular to a principal stress (because all axes of

a circle are the same length) and there is no shear on any plane.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 79: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 6 7Vectors & Tensors

LECTURE 9—VECTORS & TENSORS

Last time, I called stress a tensor; today, I want to give you a glimpse of what that statement

actually means. At the same time, we will see a different way of looking at stress (and other tensor

properties such as strain) which is very efficient, mathematically. It is much more important that you try

to understand the concepts, rather than the specific equations. The math itself, is a part of linear algebra.

We “derived” the stress tensor by considering a small cube whose faces were perpendicular to

the axes of an arbitrary coordinate system (arbitrary with respect to the stress on the cube). In other

words, we are trying to find something which relates the tractions themselves to the orientations of the

planes on which they occur.

9.1 Scalars & Vectors

In your math courses, you have no doubt heard about two different types of quantities:

1. Scalar -- represented by one number. Just a point in space. Some examples:

• temperature

• density

• mass

2. Vector -- represented by three numbers. A line showing direction and

magnitude. It only makes sense to talk about a vector with respect to a

coordinate system, because of the direction component. Some examples:

• velocity

• force

• displacement

Remember that a vector relates two scalars. For example, the relation between temperature A

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

and B is the temperature gradient which is a vector.

Page 80: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 6 8Vectors & Tensors

9 .2 Tensors

Now we come back to our original question: what type of physical property relates two vectors,

or two fields of vectors to each other?

That type of property is called a Tensor:

3. Tensor -- represented by nine numbers. Relates a field of vectors to each other. Generally

can be represented as an ellipsoid. Some examples:

• electrical conductivity

• thermal conductivity

• stress

• strain

The stress tensor relates the orientation of a plane—expressed as the direction cosines of the pole

to the plane—to the tractions on that plane. In the diagram, below, if we know the stress tensor, σij, then

we can calculate the tractions p1 and p2 for a plane of any orientation given by α and β:

X1

X2

α

β

p1

p2

edge-on view of a plane (i.e.the plane contains the X3 axis)

We can express this relationship by the simple mathematical expression, which is known as Cauchy’s

Law:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

p li ij j= σ . (9.1)

Page 81: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 6 9Vectors & Tensors

9 .3 Einstein Summation Convention

The above equation is written in a form that may not be familiar to you because it uses a simple

mathematical shorthand notation. We need the shorthand because that equation actually represents a set

of three linear equations which are somewhat cumbersome to deal with and write down all the time.

There are nine coefficients, εij , which correspond to the values of the strain tensor with respect to whatever

coordinate system you happen to be using. Those three equations are:

p l l l1 11 1 12 2 13 3= + +σ σ σ ,

p l l l2 21 1 22 2 23 3= + +σ σ σ , (9.2)

p l l l3 31 1 32 2 33 3= + +σ σ σ .

We could write the same in matrix notation:

p

p

p

l

l

l

1

2

3

11 12 13

21 22 23

31 32 33

1

2

3

=

σ σ σσ σ σσ σ σ

, (9.3)

but this is still awkward, so we use the notation above, known as dummy suffix notation, or Einstein

Summation Convention. Equations 8-2 can be written more efficiently:

p l l l lj jj

1 11 1 12 2 13 3 11

3

= + + ==∑σ σ σ σ ,

p l l l lj jj

2 21 1 22 2 23 3 21

3

= + + ==∑σ σ σ σ ,

p l l l lj jj

3 31 1 32 2 33 3 31

3

= + + ==∑σ σ σ σ .

From here, it is just a short step to equation 9.1:

p li ij j= σ , where i and j both can have values of 1, 2, or 3.

p1, p2, and p3 are the tractions on the plane parallel to the three axes of the coordinate system, X1, X2, and

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

X3, and l1, l2, and l3 are equal to cosα, cosβ, and cosγ, respectively.

Page 82: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 7 0Vectors & Tensors

In equation 9.1, because the “j” suffix occurs twice on the right hand side, it is the dummy suffix,

and the summation occurs with respect to that suffix. The suffix, “i”, on the other hand is the free suffix;

it must occur once on each side of each equation.

You can think of the Einstein summation convention in terms of a nested do-loop in any

programming language. In a FORTRAN type language, one would write the above equations as follows:

Do i = 1 to 3p(i) = 0Do j = 1 to 3

p(i) = sigma(i,j)*l(j) + p(i)repeat

repeat

9.4 Coordinate Systems and Tensor Transformations

The specific values attached to both vectors and tensors -- that is the three numbers that represent

a vector or the nine numbers that represent a tensor -- depend on the coordinate system that you choose.

The physical property that is represented by the tensor (or vector) is independent of the coordinate

system. In other words, I can describe it with any coordinate system I want and the fundamental nature

of the thing does not change. As you can see in the diagram, below, for vectors:

X1

X2

X3

V

V3

V1V2

X3'

X1'

X2'

V'

V2'V3'

V1'

(note that the length and relative orientationof V on the page has not changed; only theaxes have changed)

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 83: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 7 1Vectors & Tensors

The same is true of tensors; a strain ellipse has the same dimensions regardless of whether I take

a coordinate system parallel to geographic axes or a different one. In the earth, we can use a variety of

different coordinate systems; the one most commonly used when we’re talking about vectors and tensors

is the Cartesian system with direction cosines described earlier:

• north, east, down .

There are times when we want to look at a problem a different way: For example, we are

studying a fault and we want to make the axes of the coordinate system parallel to the pole to the fault

and the slip direction;

There is a simple way to switch between geographic and fault coordinates: Coordinate

transformation, and the related transformations of vectors and tensors.

We’re not going to go into the mathematics of transformations (although they are reasonably

simple). Just remember that the difference between a tensor and any old random matrix of nine numbers

is that you can transform the tensor without changing its fundamental nature.

The nine numbers that represent an infinitesimal strain tensor, or any other tensor, can be

represented as a matrix, but not all matrices are tensors. The specific values of the components change

when you change the coordinate system, the fundamental nature does not. If I happen to choose my

coordinates so that they are parallel to the principal axes of stress, then the form of the tensor looks like:

σσ

σσ

ij =

1

2

3

0 0

0 0

0 0

9.5 Symmetric, Asymmetric, & Antisymmetric Tensors

Coming back to our original problem of describing the changes of vectors during deformation,

the tensor that relates all those vectors in a circle to their position is known at the displacement gradient

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

tensor.

Page 84: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 7 2Vectors & Tensors

The displacement gradient tensor, in general, is an asymmetric tensor. What that means is that it

has nine independent components, or, if you look at it in matrix form:

e

e e e

e e e

e e eij =

11 12 13

21 22 23

31 32 33

, where e12 ≠ e21, e13 ≠ e31, and e32 ≠ e23.

If eij were a symmetric tensor, then e12 = e21, e13 = e31, and e32 = e23, and it would have only 6

independent components.

It turns out that any asymmetric tensor can be broken down into a symmetric tensor and an

antisymmetric tensor. So, for the displacement gradient tensor, we can break it down like:

ee e e e

ij

ij ji ij ji=+( )

+−( )

2 2

=

+( ) +( )

+( ) +( )

+( ) +( )

+

−( ) −( )

−( ) −( )

−( )

ee e e e

e ee

e e

e e e ee

e e e e

e e e e

e e e

1112 21 13 31

21 1222

23 32

31 13 32 2333

12 21 13 31

21 12 23 32

31 13 32

2 2

2 2

2 2

02 2

20

2

2

−−( )

e23

20

Writing the same equation in a more compact form:

eij ij ij= +ε ω ,

where

εij

ij jie e=

+( )2

and ωij

ij jie e=

−( )2

.

The symmetric part is the infinitesimal strain tensor and the antisymmetric part is the rotation tensor.

Written in words, this equation says:

“the displacement gradient tensor = strain tensor + rotation tensor”.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Note that the infinitesimal strain tensor is always symmetric. Thus, you can think of pure shear as ωi j = 0

Page 85: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 9 7 3Mohrs Circle for Stress

and simple shear as ωi j ≠ 0.

9.6 Finding the Principal Axes of a Symmetric Tensor

The principal axes of a second order tensor can be found by solving an equation known as the

“Characteristic” or “secular” equation. This equation is a cubic, with the following general form:

λ λ λ3 2 0− − − =Ι ΙΙ ΙΙΙ

The three solutions for λ are called the eigenvalues; they are the magnitudes of the three principal axes.

Knowing those, you can calculate the eigenvectors, which give the orientations of the principal axes. The

calculation is generally done numerically using a procedure known as a Jacobi transformation. The

coefficients, Ι, ΙΙ and ΙΙΙ are known as the invariants of the tensor because they have the same values

regardless of the orientation of the coordinate system. The first invariant, Ι, is particularly useful because

it is just the sum of the principal diagonal of the tensor. Thus, for the infinitesimal strain tensor, it is

always true that:

σ σ σ σ σ σ1 2 3 11 22 33+ + = + + .

This is particularly useful when we get to stress and something known as hydrostatic pressure.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 86: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 7 4Mohrs Circle for Stress

LECTURE 10—STRESS II: MOHR’S CIRCLE

10.1 Stresses on a Plane of Any Orientation from Cauchy’s law

We would like to be able to calculate the stress on any plane in a body. To do this, we will use

Cauchy’s Law, which we derived last time.

X1

X3

α

γ

p1

p3

α

αγ

γ

p1Np1S

p3N

p3S

We will assume that we know the orientations of the principal stresses and that we have chosen our

coordinate system so that the axes are parallel to those stresses. This gives us the following matrix for the

stress tensor:

σσ

σσ

ij =

1

2

3

0 0

0 0

0 0

(10.1)

The general form of Cauchy’s Law is:

p li ij j= σ (10.2)

which, if we expand it out for the case shown above will be:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

p l

p l1 1 1 1

3 3 3 3 3 390

= == = = −( ) =

σ σ ασ σ γ σ α σ α

cos

cos cos sin

Page 87: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 7 5Mohrs Circle for Stress

If we want to find the normal and shear stresses on the plane, σn and σs respectively, then we have to

decompose the tractions, p1 and p3, into their components perpendicular and parallel to the plane. First

for p1:

p p

p p

N

S

1 1 1 12

1 1 1

= = ( ) =

= = ( )cos cos cos cos

sin cos sin

α σ α α σ α

α σ α α

and then for p3:

p p

p p

N

S

3 3 3 32

3 3 3

= = ( ) =

= = ( )sin sin sin sin

cos sin cos

α σ α α σ α

α σ α α

Now, the normal stress arrows point in the same direction, so we add them together:

σ σ α σ αn N Np p= +( ) = +1 3 12

32cos sin (10.3)

The shear stress arrows point in opposite directions so we must subtract them:

σ σ α α σ α α σ σ α αs S Sp p= −( ) = − = −( )1 3 1 3 1 3cos sin cos sin cos sin (10.4)

10.2 A more “Traditional” Way to Derive the above Equations

In this section, I will show you a derivation of the same equations which is found in more

traditional structural geology text books. The diagram, below, was set up so that there is no shear on the

faces of the block. Thus, the principal stresses will be perpendicular to those faces. Also, a very important

point to remember in these types of diagrams: You must always balance forces, not stresses. So, the basic

idea is to balance the forces, find out what the stresses are in terms of the forces, and then write the

expressions in terms of the stresses. From the following diagram, you can see that:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 88: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 7 6Mohrs Circle for Stress

θθ

F3

F1

Area = A

Area = A sin θ

Area = A cos θ

10.2.1 Balance of Forces

θ

θF3

F1

F1NF1S

F3S

F3N

Force normal to the plane:

F1N F3NFN = +

F1S F3SFS = −

Force parallel to the plane:

Now, we want to write the normal forces and the parallel (or shear) forces in terms of F1 and F3. From

simple trigonometry in the above diagram, you can see that:

F1N = F1 cos θ , F1S = F1 sin θand

F3N = F3 sin θ , F3S = F3 cos θ.

So, substituting these into the force balance equations, we get:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

FN = F1N + F3N = F1 cos θ + F3 sin θ (10.5)

Page 89: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 7 7Mohrs Circle for Stress

and

FS = F1S − F3S = F1 sin θ − F3 cos θ. (10.6)

10.2.2 Normal and Shear Stresses on Any Plane

Now that we have the force balance equations written, we just need to calculate what the forces

are in terms of the stresses and substitute into the above equations.

FN and FS act on the inclined plane, which has an area = A. The normal and shear stresses then,

are just those forces divided by A:

σ σnn

ss

A A= =F F

and . (10.7)

F1 and F3 act on the horizontal and vertical planes, which have different areas as you can see from the

first diagram. The principal stresses then, are just those forces divided by the areas of those two sides of

the block:

σθ

σθ1

13

3= =F FA Acos sin

and . (10.8)

Equations 10.7 and 10.8 can be rewritten to give the forces in terms of stresses (a step we skip here) and

then we can substitute into the force balance equations, 10.5 and 10.6. For the normal stresses:

F F F A A AN n= + = = +1 3 1 3cos sin cos cos sin sinθ θ σ σ θ θ σ θ θ

The A’s cancel out and we are left with an expression just in terms of the stresses:

σ σ θ σ θn = +12

32cos sin (10.9)

For the shear stresses:

F F F A A AS s= − = = −1 3 1 3sin cos cos sin sin cosθ θ σ σ θ θ σ θ θ .

As before, the A’s cancel out and we are left with an expression just in terms of the stresses:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

σ τ σ σ θ θs = = −( )sin cos1 3 (10.10)

Page 90: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 7 8Mohrs Circle for Stress

Note that the shear stress is commonly designated by the Greek letter tau, “τ”. Also note that we have

made an implicit sign convention that clockwise (right-handed) shear is positive. Equations 16.9 and

16.10 are identical to 10.3 and 10.4.

10.3 Mohr’s Circle for Stress

Like we did with strain, we can write these equations in a somewhat different form by using the

double angle formulas:

cos 2α = cos2 α - sin2 α = 2cos2 α - 1 = 1 - 2sin2 α .

Using these identities, equations 10.9 and 10.10 (or 10.3 and 10.4) become:

σ σ σ σ σ θn = +

+ −

1 3 1 3

2 22cos (10.11)

σ τ σ σ θs = = −

1 3

22sin (10.12)

The graphs below show how the normal and shear stresses vary as a function of the orientation of the

plane, θ:

θ

2

90° 180°

σ1 + σ3σn

σ1

σ3

The above curve shows that:

• maximum normal stress = σ1 at θ = 0°

• minimum normal stress = σ3 at θ = 90°

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 91: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 7 9Mohrs Circle for Stress

90° 180°

σ s

σ1 – σ3

This curve shows that:

• shear stress = 0 at θ = 0° or 90°

In other words, there is no shear stress on planes perpendicular to the principal stresses.

• maximum shear stress = 0.5 (σ1 - σ3) at θ = 45°

Thus, the maximum shear stress is one half the differential stress.

The parametric equations for a circle are:

x = c - r cos α and y = r sin α ,

so the above equations define a circle with a center on the x-axis and radius:

c r, , 02

02

1 3 1 3( ) = +

= −σ σ σ σ

and

The Mohr’s Circle for stress looks like:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 92: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 8 0Mohrs Circle for Stress

σn

2

2

σs

σ3 σ1

σ1 – σ3

σ1 + σ3

10.4 Alternative Way of Plotting Mohr’s Circle

Sometimes you’ll see Mohr’s Circle plotted with the 2θ angle drawn from σ3 side of the circle:

σ s

σ n

θ

θ

σ1

σ 3

In this case, θ is the angle between the pole to the plane and σ3, or between the plane itself and σ1. It is not

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

the angle between the pole and σ1.

Page 93: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 8 1Mohrs Circle for Stress

10.5 Another Way to Derive Mohr’s Circle Using Tensor

Transformations

The derivation of Mohr’s Circle, above, is what you’ll find in most introductory structure textbooks.

There is a far more elegant way to derive it using a transformation of coordinate axes and the corresponding

tensor transformation. In the discussion that follows, it is much more important to get an intuitive feeling

for what’s going on than to try and remember or understand the specific equations. This derivation

illustrates the general nature of all Mohr’s Circle constructions.

10.5.1 Transformation of Axes

This refers to the mathematical relations that relate to orthogonal sets of axes that have the same

origin, as shown in the figure, below.

X1

X2

X3

X3'

X2'

X1'

cos a-121

cos a-123

cos a-122

In the diagram, a21 is the cosine of the angle between the new axis, X2’, and the old axis, X1, etc. It is

important to remember that, conventionally, the first suffix always refers to the new axis and the second

suffix to the old axis. Obviously, there will be three angles for each pair of axes so that there will be nine

in all. They are most conveniently remember with a table:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 94: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 8 2Mohrs Circle for Stress

X1 X2 X3

X3'

X2'

X1'

a21 a22 a23

a13a12a11

a33a31 a32

Old Axes

New Axes

or, in matrix form:

a

a a a

a a a

a a aij =

11 12 13

21 22 23

31 32 33

.

Although there are nine direction cosines, they are not all independent. In fact, in the above

diagram you can see that, because the third angle is a function of the other two, only two angles are

needed to fix one axis and only one other angle -- a total of three -- is needed to completely define the

transformation. The specific equations which define the relations between all of the direction cosines are

known as the “orthogonality relations.”

10.5.2 Tensor Transformations

If you know the transformation matrix, you can transform any tensor according to the following

equations:

′ =σ σij ik jl kla a (new in terms of old)

or

σ σij ki lj kla a= ′ (old in terms of new).

[These transformations are the key to understanding tensors. The definition of a tensor is a physical

quantity that describes the relation between two linked vectors. The test of a tensor is if it transforms

according to the above equations, then it is a tensor.]

10.5.3 Mohr Circle Construction

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Any second order tensor can be represented by a Mohr’s Circle construction, which is derived

Page 95: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 8 3Mohrs Circle for Stress

using the above equations simply by making a rotation about one of the principal axes. In the diagram,

below, the old axes are parallel to the principal axes of the tensor, σi j, and the rotation is around the σ1

axis.

X1

X1'

X3

X3'

θ

σ i j = σ1 0 00 σ2 00 0 σ3

With a rotation of θ about the X2 axis, the transformation matrix is:

aij =−

cos sin

sin cos

θ θ

θ θ

0

0 1 0

0

After a tensor transformation according to the above equations and using the identities cos(90 - θ) = sin θ

and cos(90 + θ) = - sin θ, the new form of the tensor is

′ =+( ) −( )( )

−( )( ) +( )

σσ θ σ θ σ σ θ θ

σσ σ θ θ σ θ σ θ

ij

12

32

3 1

2

1 3 12

32

0

0 0

0

cos sin sin cos

sin cos sin cos

.

Rearranging using the double angle formulas, we get the familiar equations for Mohrs Circle

′ = +

+ −

σ σ σ σ σ θ11

1 3 1 3

2 22cos

and

′ = − −

σ σ σ θ13

1 3

22sin

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 96: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 0 8 4Mohrs Circle for Stress

σ1

σ3 σ'33σ'13

σ'31σ'11

σ'ii

σ'ij( i ≠ j)

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 97: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 8 5Stress-Strain Relations

LECTURE 11—STRESS III: STRESS-STRAIN RELATIONS

11.1 More on the Mohr’s Circle

Last time, we derived the fundamental equations for Mohr’s Circle for stress. We will use Mohr’s

Circle extensively in this class so it’s a good idea to get used to it. The sign conventions we’ll use are as

follows:

Tensile stresses

σ n negative σ n

Compressive stresses

positive

clockwise (right lateral)negative

counterclockwise (left lateral)positive

Mohr’s circle quickly allows you to see some of the relationships that we graphed out last time:

2θ = 90°

σS max

3−2

θ = 45°

σ1

σ3

plane with maximum shear stress

You can see that planes which are oriented at θ = 45° to the principal stresses (2θ = 90°) experience the

maximum shear stress, and that that shear stress is equal to one half the difference of the largest and

smallest stress.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

The general classes of stress expressed with Mohr’s circle are:

Page 98: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 8 6Stress-Strain Relations

general tension uniaxial tension general tension & compression

pure shear stress uniaxial compression general compression

11.1.1 Mohr’s Circle in Three Dimensions

The concepts that we’ve been talking about so far are inherently two dimensional [because it is a

tensor transformation by rotation about the σ2 axis]. Even so, the concept of Mohr’s Circle can be

extended to three dimensions if we consider three separate circles, each parallel to a principal plane of

stress (i.e. the plane containing σ1-σ2, σ1-σ3, or σ2-σ3):

σn

σ1σ2σ3

σs

stresses on planes perpendicular to σ1-σ3 plane (i.e. what we plotted in two dimensions)

stresses on planes perpendicular to σ1-σ2 plane

stresses on planes perpendicular to σ3-σ2 plane

All other possible stresses plot within the shaded area

11.2 Stress Fields and Stress Trajectories

Generally within a relatively large geologic body, stress orientation will vary from place to place.

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

This variation constitutes what is known as a stress field.

Page 99: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 8 7Stress-Strain Relations

Stress fields can be portrayed and analyzed using stress trajectory diagrams. In these diagrams,

the lines show the continuous variation in orientation of principal stresses. For example, in map view

around a circular pluton, one might see the following:

σ3

σ1

Note that the σ1 trajectories are always locally perpendicular to the σ3 trajectories. A more complicated

example would be:

σ 1

σ 3

this might be an example of a block being pushed over a surface

11.3 Stress-strain Relations

So far, we’ve treated stress and strain completely separately. But, now we must ask the question

of how materials respond to stress, or, what is the relation between stress and strain. The material

response to stress is known as Rheology.

Natural earth materials are extremely complex in their behavior, but there are some general

classes, or models, of material response that we can use. In the most general sense, there are two ways

that a material can respond to stress:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

1. If the material returns to its initial shape when the stress is removed, then the

Page 100: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 8 8Stress-Strain Relations

deformation is recoverable.

2. If the material remains deformed after the stresses are removed, then the

strain is permanent.

11.4 Elasticity

Imagine a body of rock; each time I apply a little more stress, it deforms a bit more:

Stress Strain2.5 0.5%5.0 1.0%7.5 1.5%10.0 2.0%0.0 0.0%

Notice that when I removed the stress in the last increment, the material popped back to its

original shape and the strain returned to zero. You can plot data like this on what is known as a

stress-strain curve:

Str

ess

Strain

The straight line means that there is a constant ratio between stress and strain.

This type of material behavior is known as elastic .

Note that part of the definition of elastic behavior is that the material response is instantaneous. As soon

as the stress is applied, the material strains by an appropriate amount. When the stress is removed, the

material instantly returns to its undeformed state.

11.4.1 The Elasticity Tensor

The equation that expresses this linear relation between stress and strain in its most general form

is:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

σi j = Ci j k l εk l .

Page 101: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 8 9Stress-Strain Relations

Ci j k l is the elasticity tensor. It is a fourth order tensor which relates two second order tensors. Because

all of the subscripts can have values of 1, 2, and 3, the tensor Ci j k l has 81 separate components! However,

because both the stress and strain tensors are symmetric, the elasticity tensor can have, at most, 36

independent components.

Fortunately, most of the time we make a number of simplifying assumptions and thus end up

worrying about four material parameters.

11.4.2 The Common Material Parameters of Elasticity

l i l f

wf

wi

ell f l i

l i

−=

et w i

wf w i−=

σ

With the above measurements, there are several parameters we can derive Young’s Modulus:

Ee

Cl

= =σ1111 .

This is for simple shortening or extensions. For the the ratio of the transverse to longitudinal strain we

use Poissons Ratio:

υ = = −e

e

E

Ct

l 1122

For volume constant deformation (i.e., an incompressible material), υ = 0.5, but most rocks vary between

0.25 and 0.33. For simple shear deformations, Modulus of Rigidity:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 102: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 9 0Stress-Strain Relations

σ = G e

For for uniform dilations or contractions, Bulk Modulus or Incompressibility:

σ = K e

All of these parameters are related to each other by some simple equations:

GE K=+( )

= −( )+( )2 1

3 1 22 1υ

υυ

11.5 Deformation Beyond the Elastic Limit

What happens if we keep applying more and more stress to the rock? Intuitively, you know that

it can’t keep on straining indefinitely. Two things can happen

• the sample will break or rupture, or

• the sample will cease deforming elastically and will start to strain faster than

the proportional increase in stress.

These two possibilities look like this on stress strain curves:

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 103: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 1 9 1Stress-Strain Relations

σ

e

σ

e

yield strength

non-recoverable strain"anelastic" or "plastic"

rupture strength

permanent strain if stress removed befor rupture

ultimate strength

max elastic strain

plastic strain

hypothetical paths when stress removed

rupture in elastic realm plastic deformation

Note that the maximum elastic strains are generally <<5%. There are two forms of plastic deformation:

σ

e

σ

e

yield strength

yield strength

perfect plastic strain hardening

strain hardening part of curve

draft date: 20 Jan, 1999

Page 104: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 2Plastic & Viscous Deformation

LECTURE 12—PLASTIC & VISCOUS DEFORMATION

12.1 Strain Rate

So far, we haven’t really said anything about time except to say the elasticity is instantaneous.

You can think of two different graphs:

strain, e time, t

stre

ss, σ

stra

in, e

Time-dependent deformation would have a different response. Suppose I took the same material and did

three different experiments on it, each at a different constant stress level:

σ c

time, t

stra

in, e

time, t

stra

in, e

time, t

stra

in, e

σ a σ b

In other words, for different constant stresses, the material deforms at different strain rates. In the above

graphs, the strain rate is just the slope of the line. Strain rate is the strain divided by time. Because strain

has no units, the units of strain rate are inverse time. It is commonly denoted by an “e” with a dot over it:

e . Geological strain rates are generally given in terms of seconds:

draft date: 1/20/99

10 1016 1 12 1− − − −≤ ≤s e sgeol˙ .

Page 105: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 3Plastic & Viscous Deformation

Note that strain rate is not a velocity. Velocity has no reference to an initial shape or dimension and has

units of distance divided by time.

12.2 Viscosity

With this idea of strain rate in mind, we can define a new type of material response:

stre

ss, σ

•strain rate, e

•σ = η e

The slope of the curve, η, is the viscosity.

It is a measure of the resistance of the

material to flow

slope

= η

A material with a high viscosity flows very slowly. Low viscosity materials flow rapidly. Relative to

water, molasses has a high viscosity. When the above curve is straight (i.e. the slope is constant) then we

say that it is a Newtonian fluid. The important difference between viscous and elastic:

• Viscous -- time dependent

• Elastic -- time independent

Real rocks commonly have a combination of these:

draft date: 1/20/99

time

stra

in

time

stress removed

delayed recovery

elastic

viscous

Viscoelastic Elasticoviscous

stra

in

Page 106: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 4Plastic & Viscous Deformation

The difference between perfect viscous and perfect plastic:

Perfect viscous -- the material flows under any applied stress

Perfect plastic -- material flows only after a certain threshold stress (i.e. the

yield stress) has been reached

12.3 Creep

The viscous material curve on page 93 is idealized. Geological materials deformed under constant

stress over long time spans experience several types of rheological behaviors and several strain rates.

This type of deformation at constant stress for long times is called creep. In general, in long term creep

rocks have only 20 - 60% of their total short term strength. As shown in the following diagram, there are

three fields:

stra

in, e

time, t

I II III

t 2t 1

stress removed at times 1 & 2

elastic

visco- elastic

rupture

delayed recovery permanent

(plastic) strain

0 -- Instantaneous elastic strain

I -- Primary or transient creep; strain rate decreases

II -- Secondary or steady state creep; strain rate constant

III -- Tertiary or accelerated creep; strain rate goes up

draft date: 1/20/99

This curve is constructed for constant stress; i.e. stress does not change during the entire length

Page 107: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 5Plastic & Viscous Deformation

of time. The creep curve has considerable importance for the possibility of predicting earthquakes.

Consider some part of the earth’s crust under a constant stress for a long period of time. At first the strain

is fast (in fact instantaneous) and then begins to slow down until it reaches a steady state. Then, after a

long time at steady state, the strain begins to accelerate, just before rupture, that is the earthquake, occurs.

12.4 Environmental Factors Affecting Material Response to Stress

There are several factors which change how a material will respond to stress. Virtually all of

what we know along these lines comes from experimental work. Usually, when you see stress strain

curves for experimental data, the stress plotted is differential stress, σ1 - σ3.

12.4.1 Variation in Stress

Failure field

Elastic field

stra

in, e

time, t

σyield

σrupture

time, t

stra

in, e

stress, σincreasing differential

stress

As you can see in the above graph, increasing the differential stress drives the style of deformation from

elastic to viscous to failure. At low differential stresses, the deformation is entirely elastic or viscoelastic

and recoverable. At higher differential stress, the deformation becomes viscous, and finally, at high

differential stresses, rupture occurs.

12.4.2 Effect of Confining Pressure (Mean Stress)

An increase in confining pressure results in an increase in both the yield stress, σy, and the

rupture stress, σr. The overall effect is to give the rock a greater effective strength. Experimental data

draft date: 1/20/99

shows that:

Page 108: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 6Plastic & Viscous Deformation

strain, e

100 Mpa

30 Mpa

3.5 Mpa

1 Mpa

confining (mean) stressesσy

σy

σy

σy

diffe

rent

ial s

tres

s

σy σr

[the confining pressure at the base of the continental crust is on the order of 1000 Mpa]

12.4.3 Effect of Temperature

An increase in temperature results in a decrease in the yield stress, σy, and an increase in the

rupture stress, σr. The overall effect is to enlarge the plastic field.

strain, e

diffe

rent

ial s

tres

s

σy σr

25°C 100°C

300°C

500°C

800°C

these may never rupture

12.4.4 Effect of Fluids

Fluids can have two different effects on the strength of rocks, one at a crystal scale, and one at the

scale of the pore space in rocks.

1. Fluids weaken molecular bonds within the crystals, producing an effect similar to temperature;

at laboratory strain rates, the addition of water can make a rock 5 to 10 times weaker. With the addition

of fluids, the yield stress, σy, goes down and the rupture stress,σr, goes up:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 109: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 7Plastic & Viscous Deformation

strain, e

diffe

rent

ial s

tres

s

σy σr

400°C, dry

900°C, dry

1000°C, dry

900°C, wet

2. If fluid in the pores of the rock is confined and becomes overpressured, it can reduce the

confining pressure.

Peffective = Pconfining - Pfluid

As we saw above, a reduced confining pressure tends to reduce the overall strength of the rock.

12.4.5 The Effect of Strain Rate

Decreasing the strain rate results in a reduction of the yield stress, σy. In the laboratory, the

slowest strain rates are generally in the range of 10-6s-1 to 10-8s-1. An “average” geological strain rate of

10-14s-1 is equivalent to about 10% strain in one million years.

strain, e

diffe

rent

ial s

tres

s

σy

10 sec-1-4

10 sec-1-7

10 sec-1-6

10 sec-1-5

draft date: 1/20/99

12.5 Brittle, Ductile, Cataclastic, Crystal Plastic

Page 110: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 8Plastic & Viscous Deformation

There are several terms which describe how a rock fails under stress. These terms are widely

misused in geology. Your will see them again when we talk about fault zones.

Brittle -- if failure occurs during elastic deformation (i.e. the straight line part of the stress-strain

curve) and is localized along a single plane, it is called brittle. This is non-continuous deformation, and

the piece of rock which is affected by brittle deformations will fall apart into many pieces.

Ductile -- This is used for any rock or material that can undergo large changes in shape (especially

stretching) without breaking. Ductile deformation can occur either by cracking and fracturing at the scale

of individual grains or flow of individual minerals. In lab experiments, you would see:

Brittle Ductile

[internal deformation could be by grain-scale fracturing or by plastic flow of minerals; i.e. thedeformation mechanism is not specified]

When people talk about the “brittle-ductile” transition, it should be with reference to the above

two styles of deformation. Brittle is localized and ductile is distributed. Unfortunately, people usually

have a specific deformation mechanism in mind.

Cataclasis (cataclastic deformation) -- Rock deformation produced by fracturing and rotating

of individual grains or grain aggregates. This term implies a specific mechanism; both brittle and ductile

deformation can be accomplished by cataclastic mechanisms.

Crystal Plastic -- Flow of individual mineral grains without fracturing or breaking. We will talk

about the specific types of mechanisms later; for those with some background in material science,

however, we are talking in general about dislocation glide and climb and diffusion.

It may help to remember all of these terms with a table (after Rutter, 1986):

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 111: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 2 9 9Plastic & Viscous Deformation

Distribution of Deformation

Localized Distributed

Cataclastic

Crystal Plastic

Brittle faulting

Cataclastic Flow

Plastic shear zone

Homogeneous plastic FlowM

echa

nism

of

Def

orm

atio

n

incr Temp, Conf. Press.

incr strain rate

Brittle Ductile

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 112: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3 100Elasticity, Compaction

LECTURE 13—DEFORMATION MECHANISMS I: ELASTICITY,COMPACTION

So far, we’ve been talking just about empirical relations between stress and strain. To further

understand the processes we’re interested in, we now have to look in more detail to see what happens to

a rock on a granular, molecular, and atomic levels.

13.1 Elastic Deformation

If a deformation is recoverable, what does that mean as far as what happens to the rock at an

atomic level? It means that no bonds are broken.

r

r = bond length

In elastic strain, we increase or decrease the bond length, r, but we don’t actually break the bond. For

example, an elastic simple shear of a crystal might look like:

original state stress applied stress removed

When the stress is removed, the molecule “snaps” back to its original shape because each bond has a

preferred length. What determines the preferred length? It’s the length at which the bond has the

minimum potential energy. There are two different controls on that potential energy (U):

Potential energy due to attraction between oppositely charge ions

Urattraction ∝ − 1

draft date: 1/20/99

PE due to repulsion from electron cloud overlap

Page 113: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3 101Elasticity, Compaction

Urrepulsion ∝ − 1

12

The total potential energy, then, can be written as:

UA

r

B

rtotal = − + 12

where C1 and C2 are constants. A graph of this function highlights its important features:

Pot

entia

l Ene

rgy,

U

Bond length, r

minimumpotentialenergy

[the solid curve is the sumof the other two]

bond lengthwith Umin, ro

repulsion term =Br12

attraction term = –A

r

To get the bond force, you have to differentiate the above equation with respect to r:

draft date: 1/20/99

FdU

dr

A

r

B

r= = − +2 13

12

Page 114: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3 102Elasticity, Compaction

Bon

d F

orce

, F

= d

U/d

r

Bond Length, r

Repulsion

Attraction

Note that repulsion due to electron cloud overlap acts only over very small distances, but it is very

strong. The attraction is weaker, but acts over greater distances. These curves show that it is much

harder to push the ions together than it is to pull them apart (i.e. the repulsion is stronger than the

attraction). At the most basic level, this is the reason for a virtually universal observation:

• rocks are stronger under compression than they are under tension

13.2 Thermal Effects and Elasticity

A rise in temperature produces an increase in mean bond length and decrease in potential energy

of the bond. This is why rocks have a lower yield stress, σy, at higher temperature. The strain due to a

temperature change is given by:

e Tij ij= α ∆

α ≡ coefficient of thermal expansion

The temperature change, ∆T, is a scalar so the coefficient of thermal expansion, α i j, is a symmetric, second

order tensor. It can have, at most, six independent components. The actual number of components

draft date: 1/20/99

depends on crystal symmetry and thus varies between 1 and 6.

Page 115: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3 103Elasticity, Compaction

A good example of the result of thermal strain are cooling joints in volcanic rocks (e.g. columnar

joints in basalts).

Flow erupted at a temperature of 1020°C

Flow cooled to a surface temperature of 20°C

∆T = (Tf - Ti) = -1000°C

1000 m

1000 m

wnw1

If α = 2.5 x 10-6 °C-1 and ∆T = -1000°C, then the strain on cooling to surface temperature will be

e = α ∆T = 2.5 x 10-6 °C-1 x -1000°C = -2.5 x 10-3 .

If the initial length of the flow is 1000 m, then the change in length will be:

ew w

w

w

wf i

i i

=−

= ∆ ⇒ ∆w = e wi = –2.5 x 10-3 (1000 m) = –2.5 m.

The joints form because the flow shrinks by 2.5 m. Because the flow is welded to its base, it cannot shrink

uniformly but must pull itself apart into columns. If you added up all the space between the columns (i.e.

the space occupied by the joints) in a 1000 m long basalt flow, it would total 2.5 m:

1000 m - Σ wn = 2.5 m .

13.3 Compaction

Compaction is a process that produces a permanent, volumetric strain. It involves no strain of

individual grains or molecules within the grains; it is the result of the reduction of pore space between

the grains.

Porosity is defined as:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 116: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3 104Elasticity, Compaction

φ = Vp

Vp + Vs = volume of the pores

total volume ,

and the void ratio as:

θv = Vp

Vs = volume of the pores

volume of the solid

Much compaction occurs in a sedimentary basin during diagenesis and is not tectonic in origin.

There is an empirical relationship between compaction and depth in a sedimentary basin known

as Athy’s Law:

φ = φo e- az

where z = the depth, a = some constant, and φo is the initial porosity [“e” means exponential not strain].

13.4 Role of Fluid Pressure

Compaction is usually considered hand in hand with fluid pressure. This is just the pressure of

the fluids which fill the pores of the rock. Usually, the fluid is water but it can also be oil, gas, or a brine.

We shall see in the coming days that fluid pressure is very important for the overall strength of the rock.

draft date: 1/20/99

fluid presses out equally in all directions[every plane is ⊥ to a principal stress so no

shear stress]

Page 117: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 3 105Fracture

13.4.1 Effective Stress

The role of fluids in a rock is to reduce the normal stress across the grain to grain contacts in the

rock without changing the shear stresses. We can now define a new concept, the effective stress which

originally comes from Terzaghi in soil mechanics, but appears equally applicable to rocks.

σ i j* =

σ 11 - Pf σ 12 σ 13σ 21 σ 22 - Pf σ 23σ 31 σ 32 σ 33 - Pf

Note that only the principal diagonal (i.e. the normal stresses) of the matrix is affected by the pore

pressure.

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 118: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 106Fracture

LECTURE 14—DEFORMATION MECHANISMS II: FRACTURE

A very important deformation mechanism in the upper part of the Earth’s crust is known as

fracture. Fracture just means the breaking up into pieces. There are two basic types as shown in our

now familiar stress-strain curves:

σ

e

σ

e

yield strength

rupture strength

brittle fracture ductile fracturerupture strength

In brittle fracture, there is no permanent deformation before the rock breaks; in ductile fracture, some

permanent deformation does occur before it breaks. Fracture is strongly dependent on confining pressure

and the presence of fluids, but is not as strongly dependent on temperature.

14.1 The Failure Envelop

The Mohr’s circle for stress is a particularly convenient way to look at fracture. Suppose we do

an experiment on a rock. We will start out with an isotropic stress state (i.e. σ1 = σ2 = σ3) and then

gradually increase the axial stress, σ1, while holding the other two constant:

draft date: 1/21/99

σ1

σ2

σ3

σs

σn

initial isotropic

stress

Stress state at time of fracture

Page 119: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 107Fracture

If we look in detail at the configuration of the Mohr’s Circle when fracture occurs, there is something very

curious:

φ φ = angle of internal friction

2θ = 90° + φ

[detail of previous figure]

The fracture does not occur on the plane with the maximum shear stress (i.e. 2θ = 90°). Instead, the angle, 2θ, is

greater than 90°. The difference between 2θ at which the fracture forms and 90° is known as the angle of

internal friction and is usually given by the Greek letter, φ.

Now lets do the experiment again at a higher confining pressure:

σs

σnnew initial isotropic

stress

New stress state at time of fracture

2θ 2θ

same diferential stress as before (circle is the same size) but it doesn't break this time

In fact, we can do this sort of experiment at a whole range of different confining pressures and

each time there would be a point at which the sample failed. We can construct an “envelop” which links

the stress conditions on each plane at failure. Stress states in the rock with Mohr’s circles smaller than

this envelop would not result in failure; any stress state in which the Mohr’s Circle touch or exceeded the

draft date: 1/21/99

envelop would produce a fracture of the rock:

Page 120: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 108Fracture

σs

σn

2θ 2θ

In general, we see a failure envelop which has four recognizable parts to it:

φφ

2θσ n

So

To

IV

III

II

I

failure envelopeσs

draft date: 1/20/99

Field I -- Tensile fracture: You can see that the Mohr’s circle touches the failure envelop in only one

Page 121: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 109Fracture

place. The 2θ angle is 180°; thus, the fractures form parallel to σ1 and perpendicular to σ3. The point To is

known as the Tensile strength. Note that, because the Mohr’s circle intersects the failure envelope at a

principal stress, there is no shear stress on the planes in this case. The result is that you make joints

instead of faults.

σ1

σ3

-30 ≤ To ≤ -4 Mpa

Field II -- Transitional tensile behavior: this occurs at σ1 ≈ |3To|. The circle touches the

envelop in two places, and, 120° ≤ 2θ ≤ 180°:

σ1

σ3

< 30°

30° ≤ φ ≤ 90°

The shape of the trans-tensile part of the failure envelop is determined by cracks in the material. These

cracks are known as Griffith Cracks after the person who hypothesized their existence in 1920. Cracks

are extremely effective at concentrating and magnifying stresses:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 122: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 110Fracture

d

l

lines of equal stress

in plan view:

2l

The tensile stress at the tip of a crack is given by:

σ ≈ 23

σ3 (2l)2

d

The sizes of cracks in rocks are proportional to the grain size. Thus, fine-grained rocks will have shorter

cracks and be stronger under tension than coarse-grained rocks. The equations for the trans-tensile part

of the failure envelope, predicted by the Griffith theory of failure are:

σs2 - 4 To σn - 4 To

2 = 0

or

σs = 2 To σn + To

Field III -- Coulomb behavior: This portion of the failure envelop is linear, which means that

there is a linear increase in strength with confining pressure. This is very important because it is

characteristic of the behavior of the majority of rocks in the upper crust of the earth. The equation for this

part of the failure envelop is:

σs = so + σn tan φ = so + σn µ

In the above equation:

µ = coefficient of internal friction

and

so = the cohesion

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 123: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 111Fracture

σ1

σ3

~ 30°

φ ≈ 30°

2θ ≈ 120°

θ ≈ 60°

Field IV -- Ductile failure (Von Mises criterion): This occurs at high confining pressure and

increasing temperature. Here the fracture planes become nearer and nearer to the planes of maximum

shear stress, which are located at 45°. There is a constant differential stress at yield.

σ1

σ3

30° - 45°

0° ≤ φ ≤ 30°

90° ≤ 2θ ≤ 120°

45° ≤ θ ≤ 60°

14.2 Effect of Pore Pressure

Last time, we saw that the pore fluid pressure counteracts, or reduces, the normal stress but not

the shear stress:

Effective stress = σ i j* =

σ 11 - Pf σ 12 σ 13σ 21 σ 22 - Pf σ 23σ 31 σ 32 σ 33 - Pf

Taking this into account, the equation for Coulomb fracture then becomes:

σs = so + (σn - Pf) tan φ = so + σn* µ

The result is particularly striking on a Mohr’s Circle:

draft date: 1/21/99

Page 124: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 112Fracture

σ1 - P σ1σ3σ3 - P

σn

σs

Because the pore fluid pressure changes the effective normal stress but does not affect the shear

stress, the radius of the Mohr’s Circle stays the same but the circle shifts to the left. A high enough pore

fluid pressure may drive the circle to the left until it hits the failure envelop and the rock breaks. Thus,

pore pressure weakens rocks.

This effect is used in a practical situation when one wants to increase the permeability and

porosity of rocks (e.g. in oil wells to help petroleum move through the rocks more easily, etc.). The

process is known as hydrofracturing or hydraulic fracturing. Fluids are pumped down the well and

into the surrounding rock until the pore pressure causes the rocks to break up.

14.3 Effect of Pre-existing Fractures

Rock in the field or virtually anywhere in the upper part of the Earth’s crust have numerous

preexisting fractures (e.g. look at the rocks in the gorges around Ithaca). These fractures will affect how

the rock subsequently fails when subjected to stress. Two things occur:

• So, the cohesion, goes virtually to zero

• µ, the coefficient of friction changes to a coefficient of sliding friction

draft date: 1/21/99

Page 125: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 113Fracture

σ1σ3

σn

σs

2θ2

2θ1

oS

pristine rock would only fail on this plane

failure envelop

envelop for

pre-existing

fractures

any pre-exisitng fracture with an angle between 2θ1 and 2θ2 will slip in this stress state

The equation for the failure envelop for preexisting fractures is

σs = σn* µf

This control by preexisting features can be extended to metamorphic foliations.

θc

θf 90°

60°

30°

0°0° 30° 60° 90°

θf

θc

fault

par

allel

to cl

eava

ge

14.4 Fr ict ion

draft date: 1/21/99

The importance of friction was first recognized by Amontons, a French physicist, in 1699. Amontons

Page 126: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 4 114Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

presented to the French Royal Academy of Science two laws, the second of which was very controversial:

• Amontons First Law -- Frictional resisting force is proportional to the normal

force

• Amontons Second Law -- Frictional resisting force is independent of the area

of surface contact

The second law says in effect that you can change the surface area however you want but, if the

normal force remains the same, the friction will be the same. You have to be intellectually careful here.

The temptation is to think about increasing the surface area with the implicit assumption that the mass of

the object will change also. But if that happens, then the normal force will change, violating the first law.

So, when you change the surface area, you must also change the mass/area.

m m

Fn = mg Fn = mg

Much latter, Bowden provided an explanation for Amontons’ second law. He recognized that the

microscopic surfaces are very much rougher than it appears from our perspective. [Example: if you

shrunk the Earth down to the size of a billiard ball, it would be smoother than the ball.] Thus its surface

area is very different than the macroscopic surface area:

Fnasperities

voids

At the points of contact, or asperities, there is a high stress concentration due to the normal stress.

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 127: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5 115Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

LECTURE 15—DEFORMATION MECHANISMS III:PRESSURE SOLUTION & CRYSTAL PLASTICITY

15.1 Pressure Solution

15.1.1 Observational Aspects

One of the very common deformation mechanisms in the upper crust involves the solution and

re-precipitation of various mineral phases. This process is generally, and loosely, called pressure solution.

Evidence that pressure solution has occurred in rocks:

crinoid stem or other fossil

material removed by pressure solution

Stylolites

Classic morphology: jagged teeth with concen- trations of insoluable residue. This is common in marbles (e.g. particularly well seen in polished marble walls). Many stylolites don't have this form.

σ1

Although we commonly think of stylolites as forming in limestones and marbles, they are also very

common in siliceous rocks such as shale and sandstone.

Sometimes, we see veins and stylolites nearby, indicating that volume is preserved on the scale of

the hand sample or outcrop. In this case, the veins are observed to be approximately perpendicular to the

stylolites:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 128: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5 116Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

More commonly, there is much more evidence for removal of material than for the local re-

precipitation. Then, there is a net volume decrease; you see shortening but no extension. The rocks in

the Delaware Water Gap area, for example, have experienced more than 50% volume loss due to pressure

solution.

What actually happens to produce pressure solution? No one really knows, but the favored

model is that, because of the high stress concentration at grain contacts, material there is more soluble.

Material dissolved from there migrates along the grain boundary to places on the sides of the grains,

where the stress concentration is lower, and is deposited there. This model is sometimes called by the

name “fluid assisted grain boundary diffusion” because the material diffuses along a thin fluid film at the

boundary of the grain:

σ 1

solution of material at grain-to-grain contact

there may be a thin fluid film between

the grains

redeposition at the grain margins

draft date: 1/20/99

This process is probably relatively common during diagenesis.

Page 129: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5 117Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

Not all pressure solution can be called a diffusional process because, as we will see later, diffusion

acts slowly and over short distances. In the case where there is a net volume reduction at hand sample or

outcrop scale, there has to be has to be large scale flushing of the material in solution out of the system by

long distance migration of the pore fluids.

15.1.2 Environmental constrains on Pressure Solution

Temperature -- most common between ~50° and 400°C. Thus, you will see it best developed in

rocks that are between diagenesis and low grade metamorphism (i.e., greenschist facies).

Grain Size -- at constant stress, pressure solution occurs faster at smaller grain sizes. This is

because grain surface area increases with decreasing grain size.

Impurities/clay -- the presence of impurities such as clay, etc., enhances pressure solution. It

may be that the impurities provide fluid pathways.

The switch from pressure solution to mechanisms dominated by crystal plasticity is controlled by

all of these factors. For two common minerals, the switch occurs as follows:

Upper Temperature Limit for Pressure Solution

Grain Size Quartz Calcite

100 µm 450°C 300°C

1000 µm 300°C 200°C

These temperatures are somewhere in lower greenschist facies of metamorphism.

15.2 Mechanisms of Crystal Plasticity

Many years ago, after scientists had learned a fair amount about atom structure and bonding

forces, they calculated the theoretical strengths of various materials. However, the strengths that they

predicted turned out to be up to five orders of magnitude higher than what they actually observed in

laboratory experiments. Thus, they hypothesized that crystals couldn’t be perfect, but must have defects

in them. We now know that there are three important types of crystal defects:

• Point

• Linear

draft date: 1/20/99

• Planar

Page 130: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5 118Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

15.2.1 Point Defects

To general types of point defects are possible:

• Impurities

Substitution

Interstitial

• Vacancies

Impurities occur when a “foreign” atom is found in the crystal structure, either in place of an

atom that is supposed to be there (substitution) or in the spaces between the existing atoms. Vacancies

occur when an atom is missing from its normal spot in the crystal lattice, leaving a “hole”. These are

illustrated below:

Substitution Impurity -- Atom of a similar atomic radius is substituted for a regular one

Interstitial Impurity -- Atom of a much smaller atomic radius "squeezes" into a space in the crystal lattice

Vacancy -- Atom missingfrom crystal lattice

Because the crystal does not have its ideal configuration, it has a higher internal energy and is therefore

weaker than the equivalent ideal crystal.

15.2.2 Diffusion

In general, crystals contain more vacancies at higher temperature. The vacancies facilitate the

movement of atoms through the crystal structure because atoms adjacent to a vacancy can “jump” into it.

This general process is known as diffusion. This is illustrated in the following figure:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 131: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5 119Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

[the darker gray atoms have all moved from their original position by jumping into the adjacent vacancy. Atoms and vacancies diffuse in opposite directions]

There are two types of diffusion:

• Crystal lattice diffusion (Herring Nabarro creep) -- This type is important

only at high temperatures (T ≈ 0.85 Tmelting) such as one finds in the mantle of

the earth because it occurs far too slowly at crustal temperatures. [shown

above]

• Grain boundary diffusion (Coble creep) -- This type occurs at lower

temperatures such as those found in the Earth’s crust.

15.2.3 Planar Defects

There are several types of planar defects. Most are a product of the movement of dislocations.

Several are of relatively limited importance and some are still poorly understood. These include:

• Deformation bands -- planar zones of deformation within a crystal

• Deformation lamellae -- similar to deformation bands; poorly understood

• Subgrain boundaries

• Grain boundaries

• Twin lamellae

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 132: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 5 120Pressure Solution & Crystal Plasticity

The last three are illustrated, below:

Grain boundaries -- ("high-angle tilt boundaries") there is a large angle mismatch of the crystal latices. This would be seen under the microscope as a large difference in extinction angles of the crystals

Subgrain boundaries -- ("low-angle tilt boundaries") there is a small angle mismatch of the crystal laticesThis would be seen under the microscope as a small difference in extinction angles of the crystals

> 5°1° - 5°

38.2°

e - lamellae in calcite[Ca-ions at the corners of the rhombs]

Twin Lamellae

Narrow band in which there has been a symmetric rotation of the crystal lattice, producing a "mirror image". The twin band will have a different extinction angle than the main part of the crystal

c - axis (optic axis)

The formation of twin lamellae is called “Twin gliding”. This is particularly common in calcite, dolomite,

and plagioclase (in which twin glide produces “albite twins”). In plagioclase, twin lamellae commonly

form during crystal growth; in the carbonates, it is usually a product of deformation. Because of its

consistent relationship to the crystal structure, twins in calcite and dolomite can be used as a strain gauge.

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 133: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6 121Dislocations

LECTURE 16—DEFORMATION MECHANISMS IV: DISLOCATIONS

16.1 Basic Concepts and Terms

Linear defects in crystals are known as dislocations. These are the most important defects for

understanding deformation of rocks under crustal conditions. The basic concept is that it is much easier

to move just part of something, a little at a time, than to move something all at once. I’m sure that that is

a little obscure, but perhaps a couple of non-geological examples will help.

The first example is well known: How do you move a carpet across the floor with the least

amount of work? If you just grab onto one side of it and try and pull the whole thing at once, it is very

difficult, especially if the carpet has furniture on it, because you are trying to simultaneously overcome

the resistance to sliding over the entire rug at the same time. It is much easier to make a “rumple” or a

wave at one side of the rug and then “roll” that wave to the other side of the rug:

1. 2.

3. 4.

rug has now moved one full "unit" to the right

b

Freight trains also provide a lesser known example. A long train actually starts by backing up.

There is a small amount of play in the connections between each car. After backing up, when the train

moves forward for a small instant it is just moving itself, then just itself and the car behind it, etc. This

way, it does not have to start all of the cars moving at one time.

draft date: 1/20/99

Crystals deform in the same way. It is much easier for the crystal to just break one bond at a time

Page 134: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6 122Dislocations

than to try and break all of them simultaneously.

b

1. 2. 3.

4.The the line of atoms in gray in each step represents the extra half plane for that step. the atoms that comprised the intial extra half plane are indicated by black dots.

The dislocation line is the bottom edge of the extra half plane. In this diagram, it is perpendicular to the page. In each step, only a singe bond is broken, so that the dislocation moves in increments of one lattice spacing each time. This distance that the dislocation moves is known as the Burgers Vector , and is indicated by b in the diagram on the left.

Note that there is no record in the crystal of the passage of a dislocation; the dislocation leaves a perfect crystal in its "wake". Thus, a dislocation is not a fault in the crystal.

As you can see in the above figure, we describe the orientation of the dislocation and its direction of

movement with two quantities:

• Tangent vector -- the vector parallel to the local orientation of the dislocation

line

• Burgers vector -- slip vector parallel to the direction of movement. It is

directly related to the crystal lattice spacing

These two quantities allow us to define two end member types of dislocations:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 135: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6 123Dislocations

b

t

t

extra half "plane"

dislocation line

crystalographic glide plane

"Cut-away" view of part of a dislocation loop

[the previous figure could have been of

this face of the block]

edge segmentscrew

segment

Edge dislocation : b ⊥ t

Screw dislocation: b // t

Most dislocations are closed loops which have both edge and screw components locally.

16.2 Dislocation (“Translation”) Glide

When the movement of a dislocation is confined to a single, crystallographically determined

plane, it is known as dislocation glide (or translation glide by some). A particular crystallographic plane

combined with a preferred slip direction is called a slip system.

The number of slip systems in a crystal depends on the symmetry class of the crystal. Crystals

with high symmetry will have many slip systems; those with low symmetry will have fewer. Slip will

start on planes with the lowest critical resolved shear stress. That is, slip will start on planes where the

bonds are easiest to break.

16.3 Dislocations and Strain Hardening

After dislocations begin to move or glide in their appropriate slip planes, there are three things

that happen almost immediately which make it more difficult for them to continue moving:

1. Self stress field: there is a stress field around each dislocation line which is

related to the elastic distortion of the crystal around the extra half plane. In

this case, the dislocations repell each other so that it takes more stress to get

them to move:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 136: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6 124Dislocations

self-stress field [schematic]

2. Dislocation Pinning (pile-up): This occurs when an impurity point defect

lies in the glide plane of a dislocation. If the impurity atom is tightly bound in

the crystal lattice, the dislocation, which is everywhere else in its glide plane

slipping freely, will become pinned by the atom. Other dislocations in the

same glide plane will also encounter the same impurity, and will tend to pile

up at that point.

b

impurity atomglide plane

Dislocation lines

3. Jogs: When dislocations of different slip systems pass through each other,

one produces a jog or step in the other. This jog makes it much more difficult

to move because the “jogged” segment quite probably requires a different

critical resolved shear stress to move. In the diagram, below, the extra half

planes are shown in shade of gray:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 137: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6 125Dislocations

t 1

b 1

b 2

t 2

b 2

t 2

t 1

b 1

Jog

Before the two dislocations run into each other

After they pass, a jog has been produced in dislocation 1

16.4 Dislocation Glide and Climb

If there are a sufficient number of vacancies in a crystal, when a dislocation encounters an

impurity atom in its glide plane the dislocation can avoid being pinned by jumping to a parallel crystal-

lographic plane. This jump is referred to as dislocation climb.

The process of dislocation climb is markedly facilitated by the diffusion of vacancies through the

crystal. Thus, climb occurs at higher temperatures because there are more vacancies at higher temperatures.

It is important to understand that diffusion has two roles in deformation: It can be the primary deformation

mechanism (but probably only in the mantle for crystal lattice diffusion), or it can aid the process of dislocation glide

and climb.

When dislocation glide and climb occurs, strain hardening no longer takes place. The material

either acts as a perfect plastic, or it strain softens.

There are several new terms that can be introduced at this point:

Cold Working -- Plastic deformation with strain hardening. The main process is dislocation

glide.

draft date: 1/20/99

Hot working -- Permanent deformation with little or no strain hardening or with strain softening.

Page 138: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 6 126Dislocations

The main process is dislocation glide and climb.

Annealing -- Heating up a cold worked, strain hardened crystal to the point where diffusion

becomes rapid enough to permit the glide and climb of dislocations. Then the dislocations either climb

out of the crystal, into sub-grain walls, or they cancel each other out, producing a strain free grain from

one that was obviously deformed and strained.

16.5 Review of Deformation Mechanisms

• Elastic deformation -- Very low temperature, small strains

• Fracture -- Very low temperature, high differential stress

• Pressure Solution -- Low temperature, fluids necessary

• Dislocation glide -- Low temperature, high differential stress

• Dislocation glide and climb -- Higher temperature, high differential stress

• Grain boundary diffusion -- Low temperature, low differential stress

• Crystal lattice diffusion -- High temperature, low differential stress

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 139: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7 127Flow Laws & Stress in Lithosphere

LECTURE 17—FLOW LAWS & STATE OF STRESS IN THE

LITHOSPHERE

Experimental work over the last several years has provided data which enable us to determine

how stress and strain -- or more specifically stress and strain rate -- are related for crystal plastic mechanisms.

The relationship for dislocation glide and climb is known as power law creep, for diffusion, diffusion

creep.

17.1 Power Law Creep

The basic equation which governs dislocation glide and climb is:

˙ expe CQ

RTo

n= −( ) −

σ σ1 3 . (17.1)

The variables are:

e = strain rate [s-1]

Co = a constant [GPa-ns-1; experimentally determined]

σ1 - σ3 = the differential stress [GPa]

n = a power [experimentally determined]

Q = the activation energy [kJ/mol; experimentally determined]

R = the universal gas constant = 8.3144 × 10-3 kJ/mol °K

T = temperature, °K [°K = °C + 273.16°]

It is called “power law” because the strain rate is proportional to a power of the differential

stress. Because temperature occurs in the exponential function, you can see that this sort of rheology is

going to be extremely sensitive to temperature. To think of it another way, over a very small range of

temperatures, rocks change from being very strong to very weak. The exact temperature at which this

occurs depends on the lithology.

Using this equation and the data from Appendix B in Suppe (1985) you can easily calculate the

differential stress that aplite can support at 300°C assuming that power law creep is the deformation

mechanism. First of all, rearranging the above equation:

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 140: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7 128Flow Laws & Stress in Lithosphere

σ σ1 3

1

− = −

˙

exp

e

CQ

RTo

n

Substituting in the actual values:

σ σ1 3

14

2 8

1

3 1

10

10163

273 16 300

− =( ) −

× +( )

− −

− −−

s

GPa s kJ mol

8.3144 10 kJ mol K K

1

3.1 11

-3 -1 -1.

.

exp.

After working through the math, you get:

σ1 - σ3 = 0.236 GPa = 236 MPa .

These curves can be constructed for a variety of rock types and temperature (just by iteratively

carrying out the same calculations we did above), and we get the following graph of curves:

Tem

pera

ture

(°C

)

Max Shear Stress (Mpa)

200 400 600 800 1000

400

800

1200

olivine (dry)

olivine (wet)

clinopyroxenite

diabasefeldspar-bearing rocks

quartzite (dry)

quartzite (wet)

limestone

granite (dry)

Power Law Creep Curves

[strain rate = 10 s ]-14 -1

gray show range for-15 ≤ log[strain rates] ≤ -13

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 141: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7 129Flow Laws & Stress in Lithosphere

Note that, for a geothermal gradient of 20°C/km and a 35 km thick continental crust, the temperature at

the base of the crust would be 700°C; there, only olivine would have significant strength.

17.2 Diffusion Creep

This mechanism is a linear function of the differential stress and is more sensitive to grain size

than temperature:

˙ ( )e C TD

do n=−( )σ σ1 3 . (17.2)

Again, the variables are:

e = strain rate [s-1]

Co(T) = a temperature dependent constant [experimentally determined]

σ1 - σ3 = the differential stress

n = a power [experimentally determined]

D = the diffusion coefficient [experimentally determined]

d = the grain size

In diffusion, the strain rate is inversely proportional to the grain size. Thus, the higher the grain size, the

slower the strain rate due to diffusional processes. Although crystal lattice diffusion requires high overall

temperatures, it is not nearly so sensitive to changes in temperature.

17.3 Deformation Maps

With these flow laws, we can construct a diagram known as a deformation map, which shows

what deformation mechanism will be dominant for any combination of strain rate, differential stress,

temperature, and grain size. Generally there are two types:

• differential stress is plotted against temperature for a constant grain size;

different curves on the diagram represent different strain rates.

draft date: 1/20/99

• differential stress is plotted against grain size for a constant temperature;

Page 142: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7 130Flow Laws & Stress in Lithosphere

different curves on the diagram represent different strain rates. This one is

generally easier to construct.

The diagram below shows an example of the first type for the mineral olivine.

Grain boundary diffusion[Coble Creep]

Dislocation glide & climb

Dislocation glide

Lattice diffusion[Nabarro Herring Creep]

σ −

σ

(MP

a)1

3

1

10

100

1000

0.1

0.01

0 800 1600

10 s-15 -1

10 s-14 -1

10 s-13 -1

T (°C)

17.4 State of Stress in the Lithosphere

By making a number of assumptions, we can use our understanding of the various deformation

mechanisms and their related empirically derived stress-strain relations (or flow laws) to predict how

stresses vary in the earth’s crust. Four basic assumptions are made; two relate to the deformation

mechanisms and two relate to the lithologies:

• The upper crust is dominated by slip on pre-existing faults. Thus we will use

the Coulomb relation for the case of zero cohesion:

σs = σn* µs . (17.3)

• The lower crust is dominated by the mechanism of power law creep as described

by the equation developed above (eqn 17.1).

draft date: 1/20/99

Page 143: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7 131Flow Laws & Stress in Lithosphere

• The crust is dominantly composed of quartz and feldspar bearing rocks.

• The mantle is composed of olivine.

The basic idea is that the crust will fail by whatever mechanism requires less differential shear

stress. [Remember that the maximum shear stress is just equal to one-half the differential stress.] The

resulting curve has the following form:

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

slip on pre-existing faults

power law creep for quartz-dominated lithologies

power law creep for olivine

Moho

σ3σ1 − 1000

Differential Stress (MPa)

Dep

th (

km)

Maximum stress in crust

strong

weak

strong

weak

Lithospheric Column

CR

US

TM

AN

TLE

[the only possible stresses in the lithosphere are in the shaded fields]

This model is sometimes humorously referred to as the “jelly sandwich” model of the crust. It predicts

that the lower crust will be very weak (supporting differential stresses of < 20 Mpa) relative to the upper

crust and upper mantle; it will behave like jelly between two slices of (stiff) bread. In general, the most

numerous and the largest earthquakes tend to occur in the region of the stress maximum in the middle

crust, providing at least circumstantial support to the model.

These curves are sometimes incorrectly referred to as “brittle-ductile transition” curves. Because

draft date: 1/20/99

we have used very specific rheologies to construct them, they should be called “frictional crystal-plastic

Page 144: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 7 132Flow Laws & Stress in Lithosphere

transition” curves.

Now, we should review some of the important “hidden” assumptions and limitations of these

curves, which have been very popular during the last decade:

• Lithostatic load and confining pressure control the deformation of the upper crust --

notice that there is no depth term in eqn. 17.3, even though the vertical axis of

the graph is plotted in depth. The depth is calculated by assuming that the

vertical stress is either σ1 or σ3 and that it is equal to the lithostatic load:

σ1 or σ3 = Pl i t h = ρgz

• Temperature is the fundamental control on deformation in the lower crust -- Again,

there is no depth term in the Power Law Creep equation (17.1). Depth is

calculated by assuming a geothermal gradient and calculating the temperature

at that depth based on the gradient. So really, two completely different things are

being plotted on the vertical axis and neither one is depth!

• Friction is assumed to be the main constraint on deformation in the upper crust -- The

value of friction is assumed to be constant for all rock types. [This follows

from “Byerlee’s Law” which we will discuss in a few days.]

• Laboratory strain rates are extrapolated over eight to ten orders of magnitude to get

the power law creep curves -- the validity of this extrapolation is not known.

• Other deformation mechanisms are not considered to be important -- The most

important of these would include pressure solution, the unknown role of

fluids in the lower crust, and diffusion.

• There is a wide variation in laboratory determined constants for all of the flow laws --

draft date: 1/20/99

Basically, do not take the specific numbers too seriously.

Page 145: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 133

LECTURE 18—JOINTS & VEINS

18.1 Faults and Joints as Cracks

We’ll start our exploration of structures with discontinuous structures and later move on to

continuous structures. There are two basic types of discontinuous structures:

• Faults -- discontinuities in which one block has slipped past another, and

• Joints -- where block move apart, but do not slip past each other.

Most modern views of these structures are based on crack theory, which we had some exposure

to previously when we talked about the failure envelop. There are three basic “modes” of cracks:

Mode I : opening Mode II : sliding Mode III : tearing

Looked at this way, faults are mode II or mode III cracks, while joints are mode I cracks. Notice the gross

similarity between mode II cracks and edge dislocations and mode III cracks and screw dislocations.

Although they are similar, bear in mind that there are major differences between the two.

Definition of a joint: a break in the rock across which there has been no shearing, only extension.

Basically, they are mode I cracks. If it is not filled with anything, then it is called a joint; if material has

been precipitated in the break, then it is called a vein.

18.2 Joints

Joints are characteristic features of all rocks relatively near the Earth’s surface. They are of great

practical importance because they are pre-fractured surfaces. They have immediate significance for:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

• mining and quarrying

Page 146: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 134

• civil engineering

• ground water circulation

• hydrothermal solutions and mineral deposits

Despite their ubiquitous nature and their practical importance, there are several reasons why

analyzing joints is not easy and is subject to considerable uncertainty:

• age usually unknown

• they are easily reactivated

• they represent virtually no measurable strain

• there are many possible mechanisms of origin

18.2.1 Terminology

Systematic joints commonly are remarkably smooth and planar with regular spacing. They

nearly always occur in sets of parallel joints. Joint sets are systematic over large regions. Joint systems

are composed of two or more joint sets. Joints which regularly occur between (i.e. they do not cross) two

member of a joint set are called cross joints.

Most joints are actually a joint zone made of “en echelon” sets of fractures:

A right-stepping, en echelon joint

detail shows how the end of the en echelon segments curve towards each other

Joint systems are consistent over large regions indicating that the scale of processes that control

jointing is also regional in nature. For example, in the Appalachians, the joints are roughly perpendicular

to the fold axes over broad regions:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

a joint

Page 147: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 135

New York

Pennsylvania

New Jersey

Ohio

0 100 km

Lake Erie

folds

Joints are not always perpendicular to fold axes or even related to regional folds in any systematic

way. On the Colorado Plateau, for example, joints in sedimentary rocks are parallel to the metamorphic

foliation in the basement.

18.2.2 Surface morphology of the joint face:

twist hackles

plumose markings

direction of propagation

"Butting relation" (map view)

younger joint

older joint

This kind of morphology indicates that the fracture propagates very rapidly. Younger joints nearly

always terminate against older joints at right angles. This is called a butting relation. As we will see

draft date: 9 March, 1999

later in the course, this occurs because the older joint acts like as free surface with no shear stress

Page 148: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 136

18.2.3 Special Types of Joints and Joint-related Features

Although many joints are tectonic in origin (e.g. the joints in sedimentary rocks of the Ithaca

area), others are totally unrelated to tectonics. Some special types:

Sheet structure or exfoliation -- This is very common in the granitoid rocks and other rocks are

were originally free from other types of joints. Sheet joints form thin, curved, generally convex-upward

shells which parallel the local topography. The sheets get thicker and less numerous with depth in the

earth and die out completely at about 40 m depth. The sheets are generally under compression parallel to

their length; the source of this compression is not well understood. In general, they are related to

gravitational unloading of the granitoid terrain. In New England, they have been used to construct the

pre-glacial topography because they formed before the last glaciation:

present land surface

pre-glacial land surface

Spalling and rock bursts in mines and quarries -- In man made excavations, the weight of the

overburden is released very suddenly. This creates a dangerous situation in which pieces of rock may

literally “explode” off of the newly exposed wall or tunnel (it is released by the formation of a joint at

acoustic velocities). For this reason quarries, especially deep ones, after miners make a new excavation,

no one is allowed to work near the new face of rock for a period of hours or days until the danger of rock

bursts has passed.

Cooling joints in volcanic rocks—The process involved is thermal contraction; as the rock

cools it shrinks, pulling itself apart. This is the source of the well known columnar joints in basaltic rocks,

etc.

18.2.4 Maximum Depth of True Tensile Joints

draft date: 9 March, 1999

True tensile joints, with no shear on their surfaces, occur only in the very shallow part of the

Page 149: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 137

Earth’s crust. The shape of the Mohr failure envelop gives us some insight into the maximum depth of

formation of true joints:

σn

σs

σ∗ 1 = | 3To |To

If we assume that, near the surface of the earth, σ1 is vertical, then we can write the stress as a function of

depth, the density of rocks, and the pore fluid pressure:

σ1 = ρgz (1 - λ)

where λ is the fluid pressure ratio: λ = Pf / ρgz.

The maximum depth of formation of tensile joints, then, is:

ZT

go

max ( )=

−31ρ λ

Thus, except at very high pore fluid pressures, the maximum depth of formation of joints is about 6 km,

given that the tensile strength of rocks, To, is usually less than 40 MPa.

18.3 Veins

Veins form when joints or other fractures in a rock with a small amount of shear are filled with

draft date: 9 March, 1999

material precipitated from a fluid. For many reasons, veins are extremely useful for studying local and

Page 150: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 138

regional deformations:

• record incremental strains

• many contain dateable material

• fluid inclusions in the vein record the temperature and pressure conditions at the time the vein formed

In addition, veins have substantial economic importance because many ore deposits are found in veins.

The Mother Lode which caused the California gold rush in 1849 is just a large gold-bearing quartz vein.

18.3.1 Fibrous Veins in Structural Analysis

An extremely useful aspect of many veins is that the minerals grow in a fibrous form as the walls

of the vein open up, with the long axes of the fibers parallel to the incremental extension direction.

ε1

ε1

Step 1 Step 2

There are two types of fibrous veins, and it is important to distinguish between them in order to use them

in structural analysis:

Syntaxial veins form when the vein has the same composition as the host rock (e.g. calcite veins

in limestone). The first material nucleates on crystals in the wall of the vein and grows in optical

continuity with those. New material is added at the center of the vein (as in the example, above).

Antitaxial veins form when the vein material is a different composition than the host rock (e.g.

calcite vein in a quartzite). New material is always added at the margins of the vein.

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 151: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 139

step

1

step

2

step

3

step

3

step

2

new material added at margins

new material added at center

step

3

step

2step

2

step

1

step

1

Antitaxial Vein

vein material a different composition than wall rocks

Syntaxial Vein

vein material the same composition than wall rocks

These are among the very few natural features which show the rotational history of a deformation and

thus are particularly useful for studying simple shear deformations.

It is important to remember that the fibers are not deformed. They are simply growing during

the deformation.

18.3.2 En Echelon Sigmoidal Veins

Veins in which the tip grows during deformation (so that the entire vein gets larger) also provide

information on the incremental history of the deformation. The tip always grows perpendicular to the

incremental (or infinitesimal) principal extension), even though the main part of the vein may have

rotated during the simple shear. These veins are called sigmoidal veins or sometimes “tension gashes.”

They can also be syntaxial or antitaxial, thus providing even more information.

The formation of all of these types of veins in a simple shear zone is illustrated below:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 152: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 8Joints & Veins 140

ε 3 ε 1

45°45°

infinitesimal strain axes

ε 3 ε 1

45°45°

finite strain axes

Recall that, in a shear zone, the axes of the infinitesimal strain ellipse are always oriented at 45° to the

shear plane. Because the tips of the sigmoidal veins always propagate perpendicular to the infinitesimal

extension direction, the tips will also be at 45° to the shear zone boundary. If the veins grow in a

syntaxial style, as in the above diagram, the fibers at the tips and in the center of the vein will also be at

45°.

18.4 Relationship of Joints and Veins to other Structures

Faults& Shear Zones

Folds

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 153: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 9Faults I: Basic Terminology 141

LECTURE 19—FAULTS I: B ASIC TERMINOLOGY

19.1 Descriptive Fault Geometry

For faults that are not vertical, there are two very useful terms for describing the blocks on either

side of the fault. These terms can be used either for normal or reverse faults:

• Hanging Wall, so called because it “hangs” over the head of a miner, and

• Footwall, because that’s the block on which the miners feet were located.

Hanging Wall

Footwall

The three dimensional geometry of a fault surface can be quite variable, and there are several

terms to describe it:

• Planar -- a flat, planar surface

• Listric (from the Greek word “listron” meaning shovel shaped) -- fault dip

becomes shallower with depth, i.e. concave-upward

• Steepening downward or convex up

• Anastomosing -- numerous branching irregular traces

In three dimensions, faults are irregular surfaces. All faults either have a point at which (a) their displacement

goes to zero, (b) they reach a point where the intersect another fault, or (c) they intersect the surface of the

Earth. There are three terms to describe these three possibilities:

• Tip Line -- Where fault displacement goes to zero; it is the line which separates

slipped from unslipped rock, or in the above crack diagrams, it is the edge of

draft date: 9 March, 1999

the crack. Unless it intersects the surface of the Earth or a branch line, the tip

Page 154: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 9Faults I: Basic Terminology 142

line is a closed loop

• Branch Line -- the line along which one fault intersects with or branches off

of another fault

• Surface trace -- the line of intersection between the fault surface and the land

surface

19.2 Apparent and Real Displacement

The displacement of one block relative to another is known as the slip vector. This vector

connects two points which were originally adjacent on either side of the fault. It is extremely unusual to

find a geological object which approximates a point that was “sliced in half” by a fault.

Fortunately, we can get the same information from a linear feature which intersects and was offset

across the fault surface. Such lines are known as piercing points. Most such linear features in geology

are formed by the intersection of two planes:

• intersection between a dike and a bed

• intersection of specific beds above and below an angular unconformity

• fold axis

It is however, much more common to see a planar feature offset by a fault. In this case, we can only talk

about separation, not slip:

strike separation

dip separation

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 155: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 9Faults I: Basic Terminology 143

There are an infinite number of possible slips that could produce an observed separation of a planar

feature. If you just saw the top of the above block, you might assume that the fault is a strike slip fault. If

you just saw the front, you might assume a normal fault. However, it could be either one, or a combination

of the two.

19.3 Basic Fault Types

With this basic terminology in mind, we can define some basic fault types:

19.3.1 Dip Slip

Normal -- The hanging wall moves down with respect to the footwall. This movement results in

horizontal extension. In a previously undeformed stratigraphic section, this would juxtapose younger

rocks against older.

High-angle -- dip > 45°

Low-angle -- dip < 45°

Reverse -- the hanging wall moves up with respect to the footwall. This movement results in

horizontal shortening. In a previously undeformed stratigraphic section, this would juxtapose older

rocks against younger.

High-angle -- dip > 45°

Thrust -- dip < 45°

19.3.2 Strike-Slip

Right lateral (dextral)-- the other fault block (i.e. the one that the viewer is not standing on)

appears to move to the viewers right.

Left lateral (sinistral)-- the other fault block appears to move to the viewers left.

A wrench fault is a vertical strike-slip fault.

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Oblique Slip -- a combination of strike and dip slip

Page 156: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 9Faults I: Basic Terminology 144

19.3.3 Rotational fault

In this case one block rotates with respect to the other. This can be due to a curved fault surface

[rotation axis is parallel to the fault surface], or where the rotation axis is perpendicular to the fault

surface. The latter case produces what is commonly known as a scissors or a hinge fault:

Scissors Fault:

19.4 Fault Rocks

The process of faulting produces distinctive textures in rocks, and those textures can be classified

according to the deformation mechanism that produced it. Again, the two general classes of mechanisms

that we discussed in class are: Frictional-Cataclastic (“Brittle mechanisms”), and crystal-plastic mechanisms.

19.4.1 Sibson’s Classification

Presently, the most popular classification method of fault rocks comes from the work by Sibson.

He has two general categories, based on whether the texture of the rock is foliated or random:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 157: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 9Faults I: Basic Terminology 145

Random Fabric Foliated FabricIn

cohe

sive

Coh

esiv

e

Fault breccia(visable fragments > 30%)

Fault gouge(visable fragments < 30%)

crush breccia(fragments > 0.5 cm)

fine crush breccia(fragments 0.1 - 0.5 cm)

crush micro-breccia(fragments < 0.1 cm)

Protocataclasite

Cataclasite

Ultracataclasite

Protomylonite

Mylonite

Ultramylonite

0 - 10 %

10 - 50 %

50 - 90 %

90 - 100 %

Proportion of M

atrix

These rock types tend to form at different depths in the earth:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

cohesive cataclasite series(non-foliated)

non-cohesive gouge &breccia

cohesive mylonite series(foliated)

1 - 4 km

10 - 15 km250-350°C

Page 158: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 1 9Faults I: Basic Terminology 146

19.4.2 The Mylonite Controversy

There exists to this day no generally accepted definition f the term “mylonite” despite the fact

that it is one of the most commonly used fault rock names. There are two or three current definitions:

• A fine grained, laminated rock produced by extreme microbrecciation and

milling of rocks during movement on fault surfaces. This definition is closest

to the original definition of Lapworth for the mylonites along the Moine thrust

in Scotland

• Any laminated rock in which the grain size has been reduced by any mechanism

during the process of faulting. This is an “intermediate” definition.

• A fault rock in which the matrix has deformed by dominantly crystal-plastic

mechanisms, even though more resistant grains may deform by cracking and

breaking. This definition tends to be that most used today.

The problem with these definitions is that they tend to be genetic rather than descriptive, and they don’t

take into account the fact that, under the same temperature and pressure conditions, different minerals

will deform by different mechanisms.

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 159: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 147Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

LECTURE 20—FAULTS II: SLIP SENSE & SURFACE

EFFECTS

20.1 Surface Effects of Faulting

Faults that cut the surface of the Earth (i.e. the tip line intersects the surface) are known as

emergent faults. They produce a topographic step known as a scarp:

fault scarp fault-line scarp

The scarp can either be the surface exposure of the fault plane, in which case it is a fault scarp or it can

simply be a topographic bump aligned with, but with a different dip than, the fault (a fault-line scarp).

Where scarps of normal faults occur in mountainous terrain, one common geomprohic indicator of the

fault line are flat irons along the moutain front:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

flat irons

Page 160: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 148Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

These are particularly common in the Basin and Range of the western United States. In areas of strike-slip

faulting, features such as off-set stream valleys, and sag ponds — wet swampy areas along the fault trace

— are common (sag ponds can also be seen along normal and thrust fault traces).

sag pond

off-set stream

Faults which do not cut the surface of the Earth (i.e. their tip lines do not intersect the surface) are

called blind faults. They can still produce topographic uplift, particularly if the tip line is close to the

surface, but the uplift is broader and more poorly defined than with emergent faults. Blind faults have

stirred quite a bit of interest in recent years because of their role in seismic hazard. The recent Northridge

Earthquake occurred along a blind thrust fault.

20.2 How a Fault Starts: Riedel Shears

clay cake

Much of our basic understanding of the array of structures that develop during faulting comes from

experiments with clay cakes deformed in shear, as in the picture, above. These experiments show that

strike-slip is a two stage process involving

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 161: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 149Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

• pre-rupture structures, and

• post-rupture structures.

20.2.1 Pre-rupture Structures

Riedel Shears :

R (synthetic)

R' (antithetic)

φ2

90 -

φ2

90 - φ

The initial angles that the synthetic and antithetic shears form at is controlled by their coefficient of

internal friction. Those angles and the above geometry mean that the maximum compression and the

principal shortening axis of infinitesimal strain are both oriented at 45° to the shear zone boundary.

With continued shearing they will rotate (clockwise in the above diagram) to steeper angles.

Because the R' shears are originally at a high angle to the shear zone they will rotate more quickly and

become inactive more quickly than the R shears. In general, the R shears are more commonly observed,

probably because they have more displacement on them.

Riedel shears can be very useful for determining the sense of shear in brittle fault zones.

Extension Cracks: In some cases, extension cracks will form, initially at 45° to the shear zone:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 162: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 150Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

45°

These cracks can serve to break out blocks which subsequently rotate in the shear zone, domino-style:

Note that the faults between the blocks have the opposite sense of shear than the shear zone itself.

20.2.2 Rupture & Post-Rupture Structures

A rupture, a new set of shears, called “P-shears”, for symmetric to the R-shears. These tend to

link up the R-shears, forming a through-going fault zone:

draft date: 9 March, 1999

R (synthetic)

R' (antithetic)

φ2

P-shears

Page 163: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 151Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

20.3 Determination of Sense of Slip

To understand the kinematics of fault deformation, we must determine their slip. The slip vector

is composed of two things: (1) the orientation of a line along which the blocks have moved, and (2) the

sense of slip (i.e. the movement of one block with respect to the other).

Geological features usually give us one or the other of these. Below, I’ll give you a list of features,

many of which may not mean much to you right now. Later in the course, we will describe several in

detail. I give you their names now just so that you’ll associate them with the determination of how a fault

moves.

Orientation

Frictional-Cataclastic faults

grooves, striae, slickensides, slickenlines

Crystal plastic

mineral lineations

Sense

Frictional-cataclastic

Riedel shears, steps, tool marks, sigmoidal gash fractures, drag folds, curved mineral

fibers

Crystal plastic mechanisms

Sheath folds, S-C fabrics, asymmetric c-axis fabrics, mica fish, asymmetric augen,

fractured and rotated mineral grains

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 164: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 152Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

draft date: 9 March, 1999

"RO"-Type (top): The fault surface is totallycomposed of R and R' surfaces. There are no Psurfaces or an average surface of the fault plane.Fault surface has a serrated profile. Not verycommon.

Riedel Shears

These features are well described in the classic papers by Tchalenko (1970), Wilcox et al. (1973),etc. The discussion below follows Petit (1987). It is uncommon to find unambiguous indicators ofmovement on the R or R' surfaces and one commonly interprets them based on striation and anglealone In my experience, R shears can be misleading and one should take particular care in usingthem without redundant indicators or collaborative indicators of a different type.

diagrams modified after Petit (1987)

"RM"-Type (middle): The main fault surface iscompletely striated. R shears dip gently (5-15°)into the wall rock; R' shears are much lesscommon. The tip at the intersection of R and themain fault plane commonly breaks off, leaving anunstriated step.

Lunate fractures (bottom): R shears commonlyhave concave curvature toward the fault plane,resulting in "half moon" shaped cavities ordepressions in the fault surface.

Orientations of Common Fault-Related Features

90° − φ/2

φ/2

45°45°

R

R'P

~10°

Shear Fractures Veins

R = synthetic Riedel shearR' = antithetic Riedel shearP = P-shear; φ = angle of internal friction Same sense of shear applies to all following diagrams

RR'

[sense of shear is top (missing) block to the right in all the diagrams on this page]

Page 165: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 153Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

draft date: 9 March, 1999

"PO"-Type (bot tom) : T surfaces are missingentirely. Striated P surfaces face in direction ofmovement of the block in which they occur. Leeside of asperities are unstriated.

T

P

Striated P-Surfaces

These features were first described by Petit (1987). The fault plane is only partially striated, andthe striations only appear on the up-flow sides of asperities.

"PT"-Type (top & middl e): ~ planar, non-striatedsurfaces dip gently into the wall rock. Petit (1987)calls these "T" surfaces because of lack ofevidence for shear, but they commonly form atangles more appropriate for R shears. Striated Psurfaces face the direction in which that blockmoved. Steep steps developed locally atintersection between P and T. P surfaces may berelatively closely spaced (top) or much farther apart(middle).

diagrams modified after Petit (1987)

diagrams modified after Petit (1987)

Unstriated Fractures ("T fractures")Although "T" refers to "tension" it is a mistake to consider these as tensile fractures. Theycommonly dip in the direction of movement of the upper (missing) block and may be filled withveins or unfilled.

Crescent Marks (bottom) Commonly concave inthe direction of movement of the upper (missing)block. They virtually always occur in sets and areusually oriented at a high angle to the fault surface.They are equivalent the "crescentic fractures"formed at the base of glaciers.

"Tensile Fractures" (top): If truely tensile in originand formed during the faulting event, these shouldinitiate at 45° to the fault plane and then rotate tohigher angles with wall rock deformation. Manynaturally occuring examples are found with anglesbetween 30° and 90°. They are referred to as"comb fractures" by Hancock and Barka (1987).

T

veins or empty fractures

[sense of shear is top (missing) block to the right in all the diagrams on this page]

Page 166: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 154Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

draft date: 9 March, 1999

" S-C" Fabri cs

Although commonly associated with ductile shear zones, features kinematically identical to S-Cfabrics also occur in brittle fault zones. There are two types: (1) those that form in clayey gouge inclastic rocks and (2) those that form in carbonates. They have not been described extensively inthe literature. This is somewhat odd because I have found them one of the most useful, reliable,and prevalent indicators.

Clayey Gouge fabric (top ): Documented byChester and Logan (1987) and mentioned by Petit(1987). Fabric in the gouge has a sigmoidal shapevery similar to S-surfaces in type-1 mylonites. Thisimplies that the maximum strain in the gouge anddisplacement in the shear zone is along the walls.Abberations along faults may commonly be relatedto local steps in the walls.

Carbonate fabric (top ): This feature isparticularly common in limestones. A pressuresolution cleavage is localized in the walls of a faultzone. Because maximum strain and displacementis in the center of the zone rather than the edges,the curvature has a different aspect than the clayeygouge case. The fault surface, itself, commonlyhas slip-parallel calcite fibers.

gouge

pressure solution cleavage

Mineral Fibers & Tool Marks

Tool Marks (bottom): This feature is most com-mon in rocks which have clasts much harder thatthe matrix. During faulting, these clasts gougethe surface ("asperity ploughing" of Means[1987]), producinig trough shaped grooves.Although some attempt to interpret the groovesalone, to make a reliable interpretation, one mustsee the clast which produced the groove as well.Other- wise, it is impossible to tell if the deepestpart of the groove is where the clast ended up orwhere it was plucked from.

Mineral Fibers and Steps (top): When faultingoccurs with fluids present along an undulatoryfault surface or one with discrete steps, fiberousminerals grow from the lee side of the asperitieswhere stress is lower and/or gaps open up.These are very common in carbonate rocks andless so in siliceous clastic rocks.

[sense of shear is top (missing) block to the right in all the diagrams on this page]

Page 167: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 0 155Faults II: Slip Sense & Surface Effects

draft date: 9 March, 1999

Page 168: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 157Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

LECTURE 21—FAULTS III: DYNAMICS & K INEMATICS

21.1 Introduction

Remember that the process of making a fault in unfractured, homogeneous rock mass could be

described by the Mohr’s circle for stress intersecting the failure envelope.

σ *1σ *3

σ n

σ sfailure envelop

Under upper crustal conditions, the failure envelope has a constant slope and is referred to as the

Coulomb failure criteria:

σs = So + σn* µ, where µ = tan φ.

What this says is that, under these conditions, faults should form at an angle of 45° - φ/2 with respect to

σ1. Because for many rocks, φ ≈ 30°, fault should form at about 30° to the maximum principal stress, σ1:

σ1

45 + φ/2

45 - φ/2

Page 169: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 158Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

Furthermore the Mohr’s Circle shows that, in two dimensions, there will be two possible fault

orientations which are symmetric about σ1.

σ1

45 + φ/2

45 - φ/2

Such faults are called conjugate fault sets and are relatively common in the field. The standard

interpretation is that σ1 bisects the acute angle and σ3 bisects the obtuse angle between the faults.

21.2 Anderson’s Theory of Faulting

Around the turn of the century, Anderson realized the significance of Coulomb failure, and

further realized that, because the earth’s surface is a “free surface” there is essentially no shear stress parallel to

the surface of the Earth. [The only trivial exception to this is when the wind blows hard.]

Therefore, one of the three principal stresses must be perpendicular to the Earth’s surface, because

a principal stress is always perpendicular to a plane with no shear stress on it. The other two principal

stresses must be parallel to the surface:

σ vertical,1

σ vertical, or2

σ vertical3

This constraint means that there are very few possible fault geometries for near surface deformation.

They are shown below:

Page 170: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 159Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

σ1

σ3

45 - φ/2

Thrust faults

dip < 45°

45 + φ/2

σ1

σ3 Normal faults

dip > 45°

Strike-slipσ1

σ3σ2

Anderson’s theory has proved to be very useful but it is not a universal rule. For example, the

theory predicts that we should never see low-angle normal faults near the Earth’s surface but, as we shall

see later in the course, we clearly do see them. Likewise, high-angle reverse faults exist, even if they are

not predicted by the theory.

There are two basic problems with Anderson’s Theory:

• Rocks are not homogeneous as implied by Coulomb failure but commonly

have planar anisotropies. These include bedding, metamorphic foliations,

and pre-existing fractures. If σ1 is greater than about 60° to the planar anisotropy

then it doesn’t matter; otherwise the slip will probably occur parallel to the

Page 171: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 160Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

anisotropy.

• There is an implicit assumption of plane strain in Anderson’s theory -- no

strain is assumed to occur in the σ2 direction. Thus, only two fault directions

are predicted. In three-dimensional strain, there will be two pairs of conjugate

faults as shown by the work of Z. Reches.

σ1σ3

σ2four possible fault sets in 3D strain

Listric faults and steepening downward faults would appear to present a problem for Anderson’s

theory, but this is not really the case. They are just the result of curving stress trajectories beneath the

Earth’s surface:

Because the stress trajectories curve, the faults must curve. The only requirement is that they intersect the surface at the specified angles

Page 172: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 161Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

21.3 Strain from Fault Populations

Anderson’s law is commonly too restrictive for real cases where the Earth contains large numbers

of pre-existing fractures of various orientations in a variety of rock materials. Thus, structural geologists

have developed a number of new techniques to analyze fault populations. There are two basic ways to

study populations of faults: (1) to look at them in terms of the strain that they produce — e.g. kinematic

analysis, or (2) to interpret the faults in terms of the stress which produced them, or dynamic analysis.

Both of these methods have their advantages and disadvantages and all require knowledge of the sense

of shear of all of the faults included in the analysis.

21.3.1 Sense of Shear

Brittle shear zones have been the focus of increasing interest during the last decade. Their

analysis, either in terms of kinematics or dynamics, require that we determine the sense of shear. Because

piercing points are rare, we commonly need to resort to an interpretation of minor structural features

along, or within the shear zone itself. In general, these features include such things as (listed roughly in

order of decreasing reliability):

• sigmoidal extension fractures

• steps with mineral fibers

• shear zone foliations (“brittle S–C fabrics”)

• drag folds

• Riedel shears (with sense-of shear indicators)

• tool marks

21.3.2 Kinematic Analysis of Fault Populations

The simplest kinematic analysis, which takes it’s cue from the study of earthquake fault plane

solutions is the graphical P & T axis analysis. Despite their use in seismology as “pressure” and

“tension”, respectively, P and T axes are the infinitesimal strain axes for a fault. Perhaps the greatest

advantage of P and T axes are that, independent of their kinematic or dynamic significance, they are a

simple, direct representation of fault geometry and the sense of slip. That is, one can view them as simply

a compact alternative way of displaying the original data on which any further analysis is based. The

results of most of the more sophisticated analyses commonly are difficult to relate to the original data;

such is not the problem for P and T axes. For any fault zone, you can identify a movement plane, which

Page 173: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 162Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

is the plane that contains the vector of the fault and the pole to the fault. The P & T axes are located in the

movement plane at 45° to the pole:

movem

ent plane

striae & slip sense (arrowshows movement of

hanging wall)

P-axis

pole to fault plane

b-axis

T-axisfa

ult p

lane

21.3.3 The P & T Dihedra

MacKenzie (1969) has pointed out, however, that particularly in areas with pre-existing fractures

(which is virtually everywhere in the continents) there may be important differences between the principal

stresses and P & T. In fact, the greatest principal stress may occur virtually anywhere within the

P-quadrant and the least principal stress likewise anywhere within the T-quadrant. The P & T dihedra

method proposed by Angelier and Mechler (1977) takes advantage of this by assuming that, in a population

of faults, the geographic orientation that falls in the greatest number of P-quadrants is most likely to

coincide with the orientation of σ1. The diagram, below, shows the P & T dihedra analysis for three

faults:

Page 174: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 163Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

3

3 3 3 3 3 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 0

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 0

3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

3 3 3 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

3 3 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3

3 3 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

3 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3

3 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

1 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3

1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 3 3

1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3

1 2 2 2 3 3 3

3

In the diagram, the faults are the great circles with the arrow-dot indicating the striae. The conjugate for

each fault plane is also shown. The number at each grid point shows the number of individual P-quadrants

that coincide with the node. The region which is within the T-quadrants of all three faults has been

shaded in gray. The bold face zeros and threes indicate the best solutions obtained using Lisle’s (1987)

AB-dihedra constraint. Lisle showed that the resolution of the P & T dihedra method can be improved by

considering how the stress ratio, R, affects the analysis. The movement plane and the conjugate plane

divide the sphere up into quadrants which Lisle labeled “A” and “B” (see figure below). If one principal

stress lies in the region of intersection of the appropriate kinematic quadrant (i.e. either the P or the T

quadrant) and the A quadrant then the other principal stress must lie in the B quadrant. In qualitative

terms, this means that the σ3 axis must lie on the same side of the movement plane as the σ1 axis.

Page 175: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 164Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

S

O

A

BA

Bpole to fault

fault plane

conjugate plane

movement plane

σ1

σ3

σ3

possible positions of σσσσ given σσσσas shown

3 1

21.4 Stress From Fault Populations 1

Since the pioneering work of Bott (1959), many different methods for inferring certain elements of

the stress tensor from populations of faults have been proposed. These can be grouped in two broad

categories: graphical methods (Compton, 1966; Arthaud, 1969; Angelier and Mechler, 1977; Aleksandrowski,

1985; and Lisle, 1987) and numerical techniques (Carey and Brunier, 1974; Etchecopar et al., 1981; Armijo

et al., 1982; Angelier, 1984, 1989; Gephart and Forsyth, 1984; Michael, 1984; Reches, 1987; Gephart, 1988;

Huang, 1988).

21.4.1 Assumptions

Virtually all numerical stress inversion procedures have the same basic assumptions:

1. Slip on a fault plane occurs in the direction of resolved shear stress (implying

that local heterogeneities that might inhibit the free slip of each fault plane --

including interactions with other fault planes -- are relatively insignificant).

1This supplemental section was co-written John Gephart and Rick Allmendinger and is adapted from the1989 Geological Society of America shortcourse on fault analysis.

2. The data reflect a uniform stress field (both spatially and temporally)—this

Page 176: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 165Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

requires that there has been no post-slip deformation of the region which

would alter the fault orientations.

While the inverse techniques may be applied to either fault/slickenside or earthquake focal

mechanism data, these assumptions may apply more accurately to the latter than the former. Earthquakes

may be grouped in geologically short time windows, and represent sufficiently small strains that rotations

may be neglected. Faults observed in outcrop, on the other hand, almost certainly record a range of

stresses which evolved through time, possibly indicating multiple deformations. If heterogeneous stresses

are suspected, a fault data set can easily be segregated into subsets, each to be tested independently. In

any case, to date there have been many applications of stress inversion methods from a wide variety of

tectonic settings which have produced consistent and interpretable results.

21.4.2 Coordinate Systems & Geometric Basis

Several different coordinate systems are use by different workers. The ones used here are those

of Gephart and Forsyth (1984), with an unprimed coordinate system which is parallel to the principal

stress directions, and a primed coordinate system fixed to each fault, with axes parallel to the pole, the

striae, and the B-axis (a line in the plane of the fault which is perpendicular to the striae) of the fault, as

shown below:

X3

X1'

X3'

X2'

X1

X2

cos -113

faultstriae

3

1

2

[note -- for the convenience ofdrawing, both sets of axes areshown as left handed]

Page 177: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 166Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

X1'

X2'

X3'

X1

X2

X3

σσσσ1

σσσσ3

σσσσ2

faultpole

faul

tpl

ane

striae

cos β-113

The relationship between the principal stress and the stress on the one fault plane shown is given

by a standard tensor transformation:

σij′ = βik βjl σkl .

In the above equation, bik is the transformation matrix reviewed earlier, skl are the regional stress

magnitudes, and sij' are the stresses on the plane. Expanding the above equation to get the components of

stress on the plane in terms of the principal stresses, we get:

σ11′ = β11β11σ1 + β12β12σ2 + β13β13σ3 [normal traction],

σ12′ = β11β21σ1 + β12β22σ2 + β13β23σ3 [shear traction ⊥ striae],

and σ13′ = β11β31σ1 + β12β32σ2 + β13β33σ3 [shear traction // striae].

From assumption #1 above we require that σ12' vanishes, such that:

0 = β11β21σ1 + β12β22σ2 + β13β23σ3 .

Combining this expression with the condition of orthogonality of the fault pole and B axis:

Page 178: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 167Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

0 = β11β21 + β12β22 + β13β23 .

yieldsσ2 − σ1σ3 − σ1

≡ R = − β1 3 β2 3

β1 2 β2 2 . (21.1)

where the left-hand side defines the parameter, R, which varies between 0 and 1 (assuming that σ1 ≥ σ2 ≥

σ3) and provides a measure of the magnitude of σ2 relative to σ1 and σ3. A value of R near 0 indicates that

σ2 is nearly equal to σ1; a value near 1 means σ2 is nearly equal to σ32. Any combination of principal stress

and fault orientations which produces R > 1 or R < 0 from the right-hand side of (21.1) is incompatible

(Gephart, 1985). A further constraint is provided by the fact that the shear traction vector, σ13′ , must have

the same direction as the slip vector (sense of slip) for the fault; this is ensured by requiring that σ13′ > 0.

Equation (21.1) shows that, of the 6 independent components of the stress tensor, only four can be

determined from this analysis. These are the stress magnitude parameter, R, and three stress orientations

indicated by the four βij terms (of which only three are independent because of the orthogonality relations).

21.4.3 Inversion Of Fault Data For Stress

Several workers have independently developed schemes for inverting fault slip data to obtain

stresses, based on the above conditions but following somewhat different formulations. In all cases, the

goal is to find the stress model (three stress directions and a value of R) which minimizes the differences

between the observed and predicted slip directions on a set of fault planes.

The first task is to decide: What parameter is the appropriate one to minimize in finding the

optimum model? The magnitude of misfit between a model and fault slip datum reflects either: (1) the

minimum observational error, or (2) the minimum degree of heterogeneity in stress orientations, in order

to attain perfect consistency between model and observation. Two simple choices may be considered:

Many workers (e.g. Carey and Brunier, 1974; Angelier, 1979, 1984) define the misfit as the angular

2An similar parameter was devised independently by Angelier and coworkers (Angelier et al., 1982;Angelier, 1984, 1989):

Φ = −−

σ σσ σ

2 3

1 3

.

In this case, if Φ = 0, then σ2 = σ3, and if Φ = 1, then σ2 = σ1. Thus, Φ = 1 – R.

difference between the observed and predicted slip vector measured in the fault plane (referred to as a

Page 179: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 168Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

“pole rotation” because the angle is a rotation angle about the pole to the fault plane). This implicitly

assumes that the fault plane is perfectly known, such that the only ambiguity is in the orientation of the

striae (right side of figure below). Such an assumption may be acceptable for fault data from outcrop for

which it is commonly easier to measure the fault surface orientation than the orientation of the striae on

the fault surface. Alternatively, one can find the smallest rotation of coupled fault plane and striae about

any axis that results in a perfect fit between data and model (Gephart and Forsyth, 1984)—this represents

the smallest possible deviation between an observed and predicted fault slip datum, and can be much

smaller than the pole rotation, as shown in the left-hand figure below (from Gephart, in review). This

“minimum rotation” is particularly useful for analyzing earthquake focal mechanism data for which

there is generally similar uncertainties in fault plane and slip vector orientations.

σ1

σ2

σ3

4.8°

σ3

σ1

σ215.3°

faultplane

striae

calc. striae

minimum rotation pole rotation

conjugate plane

faultplane

Because of the extreme non-linearity of this problem, the most reliable (but computationally

demanding) procedure for finding the best stress model relative to a set of fault slip data involves the

application of an exhaustive search of the four model parameters (three stress directions and a value of R)

by exploring sequentially on a grid (Angelier, 1984; Gephart and Forsyth, 1984). For each stress model

examined the rotation misfits for all faults are calculated and summed; this yields a measure of the

acceptability of the model relative to the whole data set—the best model is the one with the smallest sum

of misfits. Following Gephart and Forsyth (1984), confidence limits on the range of acceptable models

Page 180: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 1 169Faults III: Dynamics & Kinematics

can then be calculated using statistics for the one norm misfit, after Parker and McNutt (1980). In order to

increase the computational efficiency of the inverse procedure, a few workers have applied some approx-

imations which enable them to linearize the non-linear conditions in this analysis (Angelier, 1984; Michael,

1984); naturally, these lead to approximate solutions which in some cases vary significantly from those of

more careful analyses. The inversion methods of Angelier et al. (1982, eq. 9 p. 611) and Michael (1984)

make the arbitrary assumption that the first invariant of stress is zero (σ11 + σ22 + σ33 = 0). Gephart (in

review) has noted that this implicitly prescribes a fifth stress parameter, relating the magnitudes of

normal and shear stresses (which should be mutually independent), the effect of which is seldom evaluated.

Following popular convention in inverse techniques, many workers (e.g. Michael, 1984; Angelier

et al., 1982) have adopted least squares statistics in the stress inversion problem (e.g. minimizing the sum

of the squares of the rotations). A least squares analysis, which is appropriate if the misfits are normally

distributed, places a relatively large weight on extreme (poorly-fitting) data. If there are erratic data (with

very large misfits), as empirically is often the case in fault slip analyses, then too much constraint is

placed on these and they tend to dominate a least squares inversion. One can deal with this by rejecting

anomalous data (Angelier, 1984, suggests truncating the data at a pole rotation of 45°), or by using a

one-norm misfit, which minimizes the sum of the absolute values of misfits (rather than the squares of

these), thus placing less emphasis on such erratic data, and achieving a more robust estimate of stresses

(Gephart and Forsyth, 1984).

21.5 Scaling Laws for Fault Populations

Much work over the last decade has shown that fault populations display power law scaling

characteristics (i.e., “fractal”). In particular, the following features have been shown to be scale invariant:

• trace length vs. cummulative number

• displacement vs. cummulative number

• trace length vs. displacement

• geometric moment vs. cummulative number

If the power law coefficients were known with certainty, then these relationships would have important

predictive power. Unfortunately, there are very few data sets which have been sample with sufficient

completeness to enable unambiguous determination of the coefficients.

Page 181: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 170Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

LECTURE 22—FAULTS IV: MECHANICS OF THRUST FAULTS

22.1 The Paradox of Low-angle Thrust Faults

In many parts of the world, geologists have recognized very low angle thrust faults in which

older rocks are placed over younger. Very often, the dip of the fault surface is only a few degrees. Such

structures were first discovered in the Alps around 1840 and have intrigued geologists ever since. The

basic observations are:

1. Faults are very low angle, commonly < 10°;

2. Overthrust blocks of rock are relatively thin, ~ 5 - 10 km;

3. The map trace of individual faults is very long, 100 - 300 km; and

4. The blocks have been displaced large distances, 10s to 100s of km.

What we have is a very thin sheet of rock that has been pushed over other rocks for 100s of kilometers.

This process has been likened to trying to push a wet napkin across a table top: There’s no way that the

napkin will move as a single rigid unit.

The basic problem, and thus the “paradox” of large overthrusts, is that rocks are apparently too

weak to be pushed from behind over long distances without deforming internally. That rocks are so

weak has been noted by a number of geologists, and was well illustrated in a clever thought experiment

by M. King Hubbert in the early 1950's. He posed the simple question, “if we could build a crane as big

as we wanted, could we pick up the state of Texas with it?” He showed quite convincingly that the

answer is no because the rocks that comprise the state (any rock in the continental crust) are too weak to

support their own weight.

22.2 Hubbert & Rubey Analysis

In 1959, Hubbert along with W. Rubey wrote a classic set of papers which clearly laid out the

mechanical analysis of the paradox of large overthrusts. I want to go through their analysis because it is a

superb illustration of the simple mechanical analysis of a structural problem.

Page 182: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 171Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

The simplest expression of the problem is to imagine a rectangular block sitting on a flat surface.

When we push this block on the left side, the friction along the base, which is a function of the weight of

the block times the coefficient of friction, will resist the tendency of the block to slide to the right. The

basic boundary conditions are:

X

Z

x

z

zzσ

xxσσ zx

Note that indices used in the diagram above are the standard conventions that were used when we

discussed stress.

When the block is just ready to move, the applied stress, σxx, must just balance the shear stress at

the base of the block, σzx . We can express this mathematically as:

σ σxx

z

zx

xdz dx

0 0∫ ∫= (22.1)

We can get an expression for σzx easily enough because it’s just the frictional resistance to sliding,

which from last time is

σs = µ σn ,

or, in our notation, above

σzx = µ σzz . (22.2)

The normal stress, σzz, is just equal to the lithostatic load:

σzz = ρ g z .

Page 183: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 172Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

So,

σzx = µ ρ g z .

We can now solve the right hand side of equation 22.1 (p. 171):

σ µρxx

z xdz gz dx

0 0∫ ∫=and

σ µρxx

zdz gzx

0∫ = .

Now we need to evaluate the left side of the equation. Remember that we want to find the

largest stress that the block can support without breaking internally as illustrated in the diagram below.

σ1 σ

xx

The limiting case then, is where the block does fracture internally, in which case there is no shear on the

base. So, in this limiting case

σ1 = σxx and σ3 = σzz .

Now to solve this problem, we need to derive a relationship between σ1 and σ3 at failure, which we can

get from Mohr’s circle for stress. From the geometry of the Mohr’s Circle, below, we see that:

σ σ σ σφ

φ1 3 1 3

2 2− = + +

So

tansin

Page 184: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 173Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

σ 3σ 1 -

2

σ 3 σ 1φ

S o

σ 3σ 1 +

2

S otan φ

Solving for σ1 in terms of σ3 we get:

σ1 = Co + K σ3 , (22.3)

where

C S Ko o= 2 and K = +−

11

sinsin

φφ

. (22.4)

So,

σxx = σ1 = Co + K σ3 = Co + K σzz .

But σzz = ρgz, so

σxx = Co + K ρgz .

Now, we can evaluate the left side of equation 22.1 (p. 171):

σ µρxx

zdz gzx

0∫ =

C K gz dz gzxo

z+( ) =∫ ρ µρ

0

Page 185: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 174Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

C zK gz

gzxo + =ρ µρ2

2 .

Dividing through by z and solving for x, we see that the maximum length of the block is a linear function

of its thickness:

xC

g

Kzo= +µρ µ2

. (22.5)

Now, let’s plug in some realistic numbers. Given

φ = 30°

µ = 0.58

So = 20 Mpa

ρ = 2.3 gm/cm3,

we can calculate that

Co = 69.4 Mpa

K = 3.

With these values, equation 20-5 becomes:

xmax = 5.4 km + 2.6 z .

Thus,

Thickness Maximum Length

5 km 18.4 km

10 km 31.4 km

22.3 Alternative Solutions

These numbers are clearly too small, bearing out the paradox of large thrust faults which we

stated at the beginning of this lecture. Because large thrust faults obviously do exist, there must be

something wrong with the model. Over the years, people have suggested several ways to change it.

Page 186: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 175Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

1. Rheology of the basal zone is incorrect—In our analysis, above, we assumed that friction

governed the sliding of the rock over its base. However, it is likely that in some rocks, especially shales or

evaporites, or where higher temperatures are involved, plastic or viscous rheologies are more appropriate.

This would change the problem significantly because the yield strengths in those cases is independent of

the normal stress.

2. Pore Pressure—Pore pressure could reduce the effective normal stress on the fault plane [σzz*

= σzz - Pf] and therefore it would also reduce the frictional resistance due to sliding, σzx (from equation

20-2). There is, however, a trade off because, unless you somehow restrict the pore pressure to just the

fault zone, excess fluid pressure will make the block weaker as well (and we want the block as strong as

possible).

Hubbert and Rubey proposed that pore pressure was an important part of the answer to this

problem and they introduced the concept of the fluid pressure ratio:

λρf

fP

gz= = pore fluid pressure

lithostatic stress

0 50 100 150 200

Maximum length, x (km)max

fF

luid

Pre

ssur

e in

faul

t zon

e,

λλλλ 0.9

1.0

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

z = 5 km

z = 10 km

[after Suppe, 1985]

λ = 0.435b

λ = λ

bf

λ = λb

fλ =

0.435

b

The graph above show how pore pressure in the block (plotted as λ b) and pore pressure along the fault

(λf) affect the maximum length of the block. For blocks 5 and 10 km thick, two cases are shown, one

where there is no difference in pore pressure between block and fault, and the other where the pore

pressure is hydrostatic (assuming a density, ρ = 2.4 gm/cm3). The diagram was constructed assuming Co

Page 187: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 176Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

50 MPa and K = 3.

3. Thrust Plates Slide Downhill—This was the solution that Hubbert and Rubey favored

(aided by pore pressure), but the vast amount of seismic reflection data in thrust belts which has been

collected since they wrote their article shows that very few thrust faults move that way. Most major

thrust faults moved up a gentle slope of 2 - 10°.

There are major low-angle fault bounded blocks that slide down hill. The Heart Mountain

detachment in NW Wyoming is a good example.

4. Thrust Belts Analogous to Glaciers—Several geologists, including R. Price (1973) and D.

Elliott (1976) have proposed that thrust belts basically deform like glaciers. Like gravity sliding, the

spreading of a glacier is driven by its own weight, rather than being pushed from behind by some

tectonic interaction. Glaciers, however, can flow uphill as long as the topographic slope is inclined in the

direction of flow.

horizontal extension ("spreading")

thrust faulting at toe

This model was very popular in the 1970’s, but the lack of evidence for large magnitude horizontal

extension in the rear of the thrust belt, or “hinterland” has made it decline in popularity.

5. Rectangular Shape Is Not Correct—This is clearly an important point. Thrust belts and

individual thrust plates within them are wedge-shaped rather than rectangular as originally proposed by

Hubbert and Rubey. Many recent workers, including Chapple (1978) and Davis, Suppe, & Dahlen (1983,

and subsequent papers) have emphasized the importance of the wedge.

α

β

Page 188: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 2 177Faults IV: Mechanics of Thrust Faults

The wedge taper is defined the sum of two angles, the topographic slope, α , and the slope of the

basal décollement, β, as shown above. Davis et al. (1983) proposed that the wedge grows “self-similarly”,

maintaining a constant taper.

basal décollement slope, β

topographic slope, α

In their wedge mechanics, they propose the following relation between α and β when the wedge is a

critical taper:

α β λ µ βλ

+ =−( ) +−( ) +

1

1 1k

where µ is the coefficient of friction, λ is the Hubbert-Rubey pore pressure ratio, and k is closely related to

the “earth pressure coefficient” which was derived above in equations 20-3 and 20-4.

If the basal friction increases, either by changing the frictional coefficient, µ, or by increasing the

normal stress across the fault plane (which is the same as decreasing λ ), the taper of the wedge will

increase. Note that, as λ → 1, α → 0. In other words, when there is no normal stress across the fault

because the lithostatic load is entirely supported by the pore pressure, there should be no topographic

slope.

If the wedge has a taper less than the critical taper, then it will deform internally by thrust faulting

in order to build up the taper. If its taper is greater than the critical taper, then it will deform by normal

faulting to reduce the taper.

Page 189: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 178Fold geometries

LECTURE 23—FOLDS I: GEOMETRY

Folding is the bending or flexing of layers in a rock to produce frozen waves. The layers may be

any planar feature, including sedimentary bedding, metamorphic foliation, planar intrusions, etc. Folds

occur at all scales from microscopic to regional. This first lecture will probably be mostly review for you,

but it’s important that we all recognize the same terminology.

23.1 Two-dimensional Fold Terminology

Antiform

Folds that are convex upward:

Synform

Folds that are concave upward:

To use the more common terms, anticline and syncline, we need to know which layers are older

and which layers are younger. Many folds of metamorphic and igneous rocks should only be described

using the terms antiform and synform.

Anticline

oldest rocks in the center of the fold

Syncline

youngest rocks in the center of the fold

older

younger

It may, at first, appear that there is no significant difference between antiforms and anticlines and synforms

and synclines, but this is not the case. You can easily get antiformal synclines and synformal anticlines,

Page 190: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 179Fold geometries

for example:

Synformal anticline

Folds that are concave upward, but the oldest beds are in the middle:

younger

older

Folds can also be symmetric or asymmetric. The former occurs when the limbs of the folds are

the same length and have the same dip relative to their enveloping surface. In asymmetric folds, the

limbs are of unequal length and dip:

enveloping surface

limb

Symmetric folds:

enveloping surface

limb

Asymmetric folds:

Overturned folds:

the tops of the more steeply dipping beds are facing or verging to the eastin this picture

EW

In asymmetric and overturned folds the concept of vergence or facing is quite important. This is the

direction that the shorter, more steeply dipping asymmetric limb of the fold faces, or the arrows in the

above pictures.

Page 191: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 180Fold geometries

Numerous different scales folds can be superimposed on each other producing what are known

as anticlinoria and synclinoria:

anticlinoria synclinoria

Two final terms represent special cases of tilted or folded beds:

Monocline Homocline

23.2 Geometric Description of Folds

23.2.1 Two-dimensional (Profile) View:

The most important concept is that of the hinge, which is the point or zone of maximum curvature

in the layer. Other terms are self-explanatory:

Page 192: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 181Fold geometries

wavelength

amplitude

hinge pointhinge zone

limb

inflection point

Note that the amplitude is the distance from the top (or bottom) of the folds to the inflection point.

23.2.2 Three-dimensional View:

In three dimensions, we can talk about the hinge line, which may be straight or curved, depending

on the three-dimensional fold geometry. The axial surface contains all of the hinge lines. It is more

commonly referred to as the “axial plane” but this is a special case where all of the hinge lines lie in a

single plane.

hinge line -- the line connecting allthe points of maximum curvaturein a single layer

crest line -- the line which liesalong the highest points in afolded layer

trough line -- the line which liesalong the lowest points in afolded layeraxial surface -- the surface containing

all of the hinge lines of all of the layers

In practice, you specify the orientation of the hinge line by measuring its trend and plunge. This information,

alone, however, is insufficient to totally define the orientation of the fold. For example, all of the folds

below have identical hinge lines, but are clearly quite different:

Page 193: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 182Fold geometries

To completely define the orientation of a fold you need to specify both the trend and plunge of the hinge

line and the strike and dip of the axial surface. The orientation of the axial surface alone is not sufficient

either.

Most of the time, you will be representing the fold in two-dimensional projections: cross-sections,

structural profiles or map views. In these cases what you show is the trace of the axial surface, or the

axial trace. This is just the intersection between the axial surface and the plane of your projection.

23.3 Fold Names Based on Orientation

The hinge line lies within the axial plane, but the trend of the hinge line is only parallel to the

strike of the axial surface when the hinge line is horizontal. If the hinge line is not horizontal, then we say

that the fold is a plunging fold. The following table give the complete names for fold orientations:

090

0

90

Dip of the Axial Surface

Plu

nge

of th

e H

inge

Lin

e

inclined

plunging

sub-vertical

sub-horizontal

upright recumbent

Reclin

ed

Page 194: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 183Fold geometries

23.4 Fold Tightness

Another measure of fold geometry is the interlimb angle, shown in the diagram below.

interlimb angle

With this concept, there are yet more descriptive terms for folded rocks:

Name Interlimb Angle

Flat lying, Homocline 180°

Gentle 170 - 180°

Open 90 -170°

Tight 10 - 90°

Isoclinal 0 - 10°

Page 195: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 3 184Fold geometry & kinematics

LECTURE 24 — FOLDS II: GEOMETRY & K INEMATICS

24.1 Fold Shapes

We have been drawing folds only one way, with nice smooth hinges, etc. But, there are many

different shapes that folds can take:

Chevron folds Kink Bands

Cuspate folds Box folds

Disharmonic folds

Page 196: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 4 185Fold geometry & kinematics

24.2 Classification Based on Shapes of Folded Layers

One way of quantifying fold shape is by construction dip isogon diagrams. Dip isogons are lines

which connect points of the same dip on different limbs of folds:

dip isogon

lines of constant dip

Construction of dip isogons:

By plotting dip isogons, you can identify three basic types of folds:

Class 1: Inner beds more curved than outer beds. Dip Isogons fan outward

1A -- isogons on limbs make an obtuse angle with respect to the axial surface

1B -- isogons are everywhere perpendicular to the beds, on both innner and outer surfaces. These are Parallel folds

1C -- isogons on limbs make anacute angle with respect to the axial surface

Class 2 : Inner and outer surfaceshave the same curvature. Dip isogonsare parallel to each other and to theaxial surface. These are Similar folds

Class 3 : Inner surface is less curvedthan the outer surface. Dip isogonsfan inwards

Page 197: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 4 186Fold geometry & kinematics

24.3 Geometric-kinematic Classification:

24.3.1 Cylindrical Folds

Cylindrical folds are those in which the surface can be generated or traced by moving a line

parallel to itself through space. This line is parallel to the hinge line and is called the fold axis. Only

cylindrical folds have a fold axis. Thus, the term fold axis is properly applied only to this type of fold.

If you make several measurements of bedding on a perfectly cylindrical fold and plot them as

great circles on a stereonet, all of the great circles will intersect at a single point. That point is the fold

axis. The poles to bedding will all lie on a single great circle. This is the practical test of whether or not a

fold is cylindrical:

Fold axis

ß diagram π diagram

Fold axis

There are two basic types of cylindrical folds:

Parallel Folds -- In parallel folds, the layer thickness, measured perpendicular to bedding

remains constant. Therefore, parallel folds are equivalent to class 1B folds described above. Some special

types of parallel folds:

Concentric folds are those in which all folded layers have the same center of curvature and the

radius of curvature decreases towards the cores of the folds. Therefore, concentric folds get tighter

towards the cores and more open towards the anticlinal crests and synclinal troughs. The Busk method

Page 198: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 4 187Fold geometry & kinematics

of cross-section construction is based on the concept of concentric folds. These types of folds eventually

get so tight in the cores that the layers are “lifted-off” an underlying layer. The French word for this is

“décollement” which means literally, “unsticking”.

flow of weak rocks

Kink Folds have angular axes and straight limbs. The layers do not have a single center of

curvature. As we will see later in the course, these are among the easiest to analyze quantitatively

γγ

The axis of the kink has to bisect the angles between the two dip panels or the layer thickness will not be preserved

Similar Folds -- The other major class of cylindrical folds is similar folds. These are folds in

which the layer thickness parallel to the axial surface remains constant but thickness perpendicular to the

layers does not. They are called similar because each layer is “similar” (ideally, identical) in curvature to

the next. Thus, they comprise class 2 folds. In similar folds, there is never a need for a décollement

because you can keep repeating the same shapes forever without pinching out the cores:

Page 199: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 4 188Fold geometry & kinematics

Similar Folds

24.3.2 Non-Cylindrical Folds

These folded surfaces cannot be traced by a line moving parallel to itself. In practice what this

means is that the fold shape changes geometry as you move parallel to the hinge line. Thus, they are

complex, three dimensional features. Some special types:

Conical folds -- the folded surfaces in these folds are in the shape of a cone. In other words, the

folded layers converge to a point, beyond which the fold does not exist at all.

There is a very distinct difference between plunging cylindrical fold and conical folds. The conical fold

simply does not exist beyond the tip of the cone. Thus, the shortening due to fold of the layers changes

along strike of the hinge. Conical folds are commonly found at the tip lines of faults.

Sheath folds -- These are a special type of fold that forms in environments of high shear strain,

such as in shear, or mylonite, zones. They are called “sheath” because they are shaped like the sheath of a

knife.

Page 200: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 4 189Fold geometry & kinematics

Sheath folds are particularly useful for determining the sense of shear in mylonite zones. The upper plate

moved in the direction of closure of the sheath. They probably start out as relatively cylindrical folds and

then get distorted in the shear zone.

24.4 Summary Outline

• Cylindrical

Parallel

Concentric

Kink

Similar

• Non-cylindrical

Conical

Sheath

24.5 Superposed Folds

Multiple deformations may each produce their own fold sets, which we label F1, F2, etc., in the

order of formation. This superposition of folds can produce some very complex geometries, which can be

very difficult to distinguish on two dimensional exposures. Ramsay (1967; Ramsay & Huber, 1985) have

come up with a classification scheme based on the orientations of the fold axis (labeled F1, below) and

axial surface (the black plane, below) of the first set of folds with respect to the fold axis (labeled b2,

Page 201: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 4 190Fold geometry & kinematics

below) and the sense of displacement of the layer during the second folding (labeled a2, below). With this

approach, there are four types of superposed fold geometries:

Type 0:

+ =axial plane of 1

fold axis of 1

a 2

b 2

Type 1:

+ =

Type 2:

+ =

Type 3:

+ =

Type 0 results in folds which are indistinguishable from single phase folds. Type 1 produces the

classic “dome and basin” or “egg-carton” pattern. Type 2 folds in cross-section look like boomerangs.

Type 3 folds are among the easiest to recognize in cross-section.

Page 202: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 191Fold Kinematics

LECTURE 25—FOLDS III: K INEMATICS

25.1 Overview

Kinematic models of fold development can be divided into five types:

1. Gaussian Curvature,

2. Buckling,

3. Layer parallel shear,

4. Shear oblique to layers, and

5. Pure shear passive flow.

The first two treat only single layers while the third and fourth address multilayers. The final one treats

layers as passive markers, only. All are appropriate only to cylindrical folds. Thus, you should not think

of these as mutually exclusive models. For example, you can have buckling of a single layer with shear

between layers.

25.2 Gaussian Curvature

The curvature of a line, C, is just the inverse of the radius of curvature:

Crcruvature

= 1 .

In any surface, you can identify a line (really a family of parallel lines) with maximum curvature and a

line of minimum curvature. These two are called the “principal curvatures.” The product of the

maximum and minimum curvatures is known as the Gaussian curvature, a single number which describes

the overall curvature of a surface:

C C CGauss = max min .

There is a universal aspect to this: the Gaussian curvature of a surface before and after a deformation remains

constant unless the surface is stretched or compressed (and thereby distorted internally). Although few people

realize it, we deal with this fact virtually daily: corrugated cardboard boxes get their strength from the

fact that the middle layer started out flat before it folded and sandwiched between the two flat outer

Page 203: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 192Fold Kinematics

layers. Because its Gaussian curvature started out at zero, it must be zero after folding, meaning that

bending it perpendicular to the folds is not possible without internally deforming the surface. Corrugated

tin roofs are the same. In general, by folding a flat layer in one direction, you give the layer great

resistance to bending in any other direction.

Because bedding starts out flat or nearly so, its minimum curvature after folding must be zero if

the layer is not to have significant internal deformation. In other words, the fold axis must be a straight line.

The folds which meet this criteria are cylindrical folds; non-cylindrical folds do not because their hinge

lines (the line of minimum curvature) are not straight. [Now you see why we distinguish between axes

and hinges!]

line of maximum curvature

line of minimum curvatureA non-cylindrical folded layer in which Gaussian curvature is not equal to zero after folding

25.3 Buckling

Buckling applies to a single folded layer of finite thickness, or to multiple layers with high

cohesive strength between layers:

A B

C D

A' B'

C' neutral surface

perpendicular before and after deformation, so no shear parallel to the folded layer

D'

Page 204: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 193Fold Kinematics

Note how in the above picture the outer arc gets longer (i.e. A'B' > AB) and the inner arc gets shorter

(C'D' < CD). In the middle, there must be a line that is the same length before and after the folding. In

three dimensions, this is called the neutral surface.

Bedding thickness remains constant; thus, the type of fold produced is a parallel or class 1b fold.

Because a line perpendicular to the layer remains perpendicular, there can be no shear strain parallel to

the layer. In an anticline-syncline pair, the maximum strains would be in the cores of the folds, with zero

strain at the inflection point on the limbs:

You can commonly find geological evidence of buckling of individual beds during folding:

thrust faults, stylolites, etc.

veins, boudings, normal faults, etc.

25.4 Shear Parallel to Layers

There are two end member components to this kinematic model. The only difference between

them is the layer thickness:

Page 205: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 194Fold Kinematics

• Flexural Slip -- multiple strong stiff layers of finite thickness with low

cohesive strength between the layers

• Flexural Flow -- The layer thickness is taken to be infinitesimally thin.

Because they’re basically the same, we’ll mostly concentrate on flexural slip.

opposite sense of shear on the limbs

no shear in the hinge

ψψψψ

Because shear is parallel to the layers, it means that one of the two lines of no finite and no infinitesimal

elongation will be parallel to the layers. Thus, the layers do not change length during the deformation.

The slip between the layers is perpendicular to the fold axis. You can think of this type of deformation as

“telephone book” deformation. When you bend a phone book parallel to its binding, the pages slide past

one another but the individual pages don’t change dimensions; they are just as wide (measured in the

deformed plane) as they started out.

Note that the sense of shear changes only across the hinge zones but is consistent between

anticlinal and synclinal limbs:

Page 206: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 195Fold Kinematics

When you have an incompetent layer, such as a shale, between two more competent layers which are

deforming by this mechanism, the shear between the layers can produce drag folds, or parasitic folds, on

the limbs of the larger structure:

Because the layers of flexural slip (as opposed to flexural flow) folds have finite thickness, you

can see that they must deform internally by some other mechanism, such as buckling. Thus, buckling and

flexural slip are not by any means mutually exclusive.

25.4.1 Kink folds

Kink folds are a special type of flexural slip fold in which the fold hinges have infinite curvature

(because the radius of curvature is equal to zero).

γi

γe

no shear in horizontal layers, only in dipping layers

if layer thickness is constant, then

=γiγe

If the internal kink angle γi < γe then you will have thinning of the beds in the kink band; if γi > γe then

the beds in the kink band will thicken.

Page 207: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 196Fold Kinematics

25.4.2 Simple Shear during flexural slip

For kink bands: tan tanψ δ=

2

2[δ = dip of bedding]

average slip = =

s h2

2tan

δ

For curved hinges: tan . ψ π δ δ=°

=180

0 0175

average slip = =°

s hπ δ

180

The following graph show the relationship between bedding dip and shear on the limbs for kink and

curved hinge folds:

1

2

3

60° 120° 180°

tan ψψψψ

dip, δδδδ

kink folds

curved hinges

∞ at δ = 180°

25.5 Shear Oblique To Layers

This type of mechanism will produce similar folds. In this case, the shear surfaces, which are

commonly parallel to the axial surfaces of the folds, are parallel to the lines of no finite and infinitesimal

elongation.

Page 208: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 197Fold Kinematics

To make folds by simple shear without reversing the shear sense, you have to have heterogeneous

simple shear zone with the layer dipping in the same direction as the sense of shear in the zone.

25.6 Pure Shear Passive Flow

In this type of mechanism, the layers, which have already begun to fold by some other mechanism

behave as passive markers during a pure shear shortening and elongation. The folds produced can be

geometrically identical to the previous kinematic model:

Page 209: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 5 198Fold Kinematics

volume constant, pure shear

volume reduction, no extension pure shear(e.g. pressure solution)

Page 210: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 6 199Fold Dynamics

LECTURE 26—FOLDS IV: DYNAMICS

26.1 Basic Aspects

There are two basic factors to be dealt with when one attempts to make a theoretical analysis of

folding:

1. Folded layers do not maintain original thickness during folding, and

2. Folded rocks consist of multiple layers or “multilayers” in which different

layers have different mechanical properties.

These two basic facts about folding have the following impact:

1. There is layer-parallel shortening before folding and homogeneous shortening

during folding. The latter will tend to thin the limbs of a fold and thicken the

hinges.

2. In multilayers, the first layers that begin to fold will control the wavelength of

the subsequent deformation. Incompetent layers will conform to the shape, or

the distribution and wavelength, of the more competent layers.

26.2 Common Rock Types Ranked According to “Competence”

The following list shows rock types from most competent (or stiffest) at the top to least at the

bottom:

Sedimentary Rocks Metamorphic Rocksdolomite meta-basaltarkose granitequartz sandstone qtz-fspar-mica gneissgreywacke quartzitelimestone marblesiltstone mica schistmarlshaleanhydrite, halite

26.3 Theoretical Analyses of Folding

In general, theoretical analyses of folding involve three assumptions:

Page 211: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 6 200Fold Dynamics

1. Folds are small, so gravity is not important

2. Compression is parallel to the layer to start

3. Plane strain deformation

26.3.1 Nucleation of Folds

If layers of rock were perfect materials and they were compressed exactly parallel to their layering,

then folds would never form. The layers would just shorten and thicken uniformly. Fortunately (at least

for those of us who like folds) layers of rock are seldom perfect, but have irregularities in them. Folds

nucleate, or begin to form, at these irregularities.

Bailey Willis, a famous structural geologist earlier in this century performed a simple experiment

while studying Appalachian folds. He showed that changes in initial dip of just 1 - 2° were sufficient to

nucleate folds.

As folds begin to form at irregularities, a single wave length will become dominant. Simple

theory shows that the dominant wavelength is a linear function of layer thickness:

for elastic deformation: L tE

Edo

= 26

for viscous deformation: L tdo

= 26

3π ηη

where Ld = dominant wavelength

t = thickness of the stiff layer

E = Young’s modulus of the stiff layer

Eo = Young’s modulus of the confining medium

η = viscosity modulus of the stiff layer

ηo = viscosity modulus of the confining medium

Viscous deformation will also depend on the layer parallel shortening:

Page 212: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 6 201Fold Dynamics

L tS

Sdo

= −( )( )2

1

6 2 23π ηη

S = λλ

1

3

where λ is the quadratic elongation. Thus, the thicker the layer, the longer the wavelength of the fold:

For a single layer,

4 6≤ ≤L

td ,

and for multilayers:L

td ≈ 27 .

26.3.2 Growth of Folds

At what stage does this theory begin to break down? Generally around limb dips of ~15° [small

angle assumptions were used to derive the above equations]. For more advanced stages of folding, it is

common to use a numerical rather than analytical approach.

A general result of numerical folding theory: As the viscosity contrast between the layers decreases,

layer parallel shortening increases and folding becomes less important:

Page 213: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 6 202Fold Dynamics

ηοη

ηοη

ηοη

= 42 : 1

= 5 : 1

26.3.3 Results for Kink Folds

Experimental work on kink folds indicates that kinks form in multilayers with high viscosity

contrast and bonded contacts (i.e. high frictional resistance to sliding along the contacts). Compression

parallel to the layers produces conjugate kink bands at 55 - 60° to the compression. Loading oblique to

the layering (up to 30°) produces asymmetric kinks.

Page 214: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 7Linear Minor Structures 203

LECTURE 27—LINEAR MINOR STRUCTURES

27.1 Introduction to Minor Structures

Minor structures are those that we can see and study at the outcrop or hand sample scale. We

use these features because they contain the most kinematic information. In other words, the strain and

strain history of the rock is most commonly recorded in the minor structures.

There are several types of minor structures, but they fall into two general classes: linear and

planar, which we refer to as lineations and foliations, respectively.

Lineations Foliations

mineral fibers veins

minor fold axes stylolites

boudins joints

intersection lineations cleavage

rods & mullions S-C fabrics

The lineations and foliations in a rock comprise what is known as the rock fabric. This term is analogous

to cloth fabric. Rocks have a texture, an ordering of elements repeated over and over again, just like cloth

is composed of an orderly arrangement of threads.

27.2 Lineations

Any linear structure that occurs repeatedly in a rock is called a lineation; it is a penetrative linear

fabric. Lineations are very common in igneous and sedimentary rocks, where alignment of mineral

grains and other linear features results from flow during emplacement of the rock. However, we’re most

interested in those lineations which arise from, and reflect, deformation. Of primary importance is to

remember that there is no one explanation for the origin of lineations.

27.2.1 Mineral Lineations

These are defined by elongations of inequant mineral grains or aggregates of grains.

Page 215: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 7Linear Minor Structures 204

common minerals:

hornblendesillimanitefeldsparquartzbiotite

Mineral lineations can form in

Folds

parallel to the hinge

perpendicular to the hinge

anywhere in between

Fault zones -- parallel to the slip direction

Regional metamorphism

The preferred orientation of elongate mineral grains can form by three different mechanisms:

1. Deformation of grains -- straining the grains into ellipsoidal shapes

2. Preferential growth -- no strain of the mineral crystal but may, nonetheless, reflect the

regional deformation

3. Rigid body rotation -- the mineral grains themselves are not strained but they rotate as

the matrix which encloses them is strained.

It is, occasionally, difficult to tell these mechanisms apart.

27.2.2 Deformed Detrital Grains (and related features)

This category differs from the previous only in that pre-existing sedimentary features, or features

formed in sedimentary rocks are deformed. The basic problem with their interpretation is that such

features commonly have very different mechanical properties than the matrix of the rock. thus the strain

of the deformed object which you measure may not reflect the strain of the rock as a whole.

Page 216: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 7Linear Minor Structures 205

common features:

ooidspebblesreduction spots

27.2.3 Rods and Mullions

Rods are any elongate, essentially monomineralic aggregate not formed by the disruption of the

original rock layering. They are generally cylindrical shaped and striated parallel to their length. They

are almost always oriented parallel to fold hinge lines and occur in the hinge zones of minor folds. Rods

are thought to form by metamorphic or fluid flow processes during tectonic deformation.

Mullions are elongate bodies of rock, partly bounded by bedding planes and partly by newer

structures. They generally have a cylindrical, ribbed appearance and are oriented parallel to the fold

hinges. They form at the interface between soft and stiff layers.

soft (e.g. argillite)

stiff (e.g. quartzite)

27.3 Boudins

Boudin is the French word for sausage. They are formed by the segmentation of pre-existing

layers and appear similar to links of sausages. The segmented layers certainly can be, but need not be,

sedimentary layering. The segmentation can occur in two or three dimensions.

Page 217: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 7Linear Minor Structures 206

Chocolate tablet boudinage

For simple boudinage (upper right), the long axis of the boudin is perpendicular to the extension

direction. Chocolate tablet boudinage forms when you have extensions in two directions.

The shapes of boudins in cross section are a function of the viscosity contrast between the layers:

low viscosity contrast

high viscosity contrast

"pinch & swell"

"fish mouths"

27.4 Lineations Due to Intersecting Foliations

A type of lineation can form when two foliations, usually bedding and cleavage, intersect. When

this occurs in fine-grained, finely bedded rocks, the effect is to produce a multitude of splinters. The

resulting structure is called pencil structure. There are good examples at Portland Pt. quarry. Pencils

are usually oriented parallel to fold hinges.

Page 218: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Planar Minor Structures I: Cleavage 207

LECTURE 28—PLANAR MINOR STRUCTURES I

28.1 Introduction to Foliations

The word foliation comes from the Latin word folium which means “leaf” (folia = leaves). In

structural geology, we use foliation to describe any planar structure in the rocks. Under the general term

foliation there are several more specific terms:

• bedding

• cleavage

• schistosity

• gneissic layering

These collective foliations were sometimes referred to in older literature as “S-surfaces”. Geologists

would determine the apparent relative age relations between foliations and then assign them numbers

from oldest to youngest (with bedding, presumably being the oldest, labeled S0). In the last decade, this

approach has fallen out of favor because, among other things, we know that foliations can form

simultaneously (as well will see with “S-C fabrics” in a subsequent lecture). Furthermore, structural

geologists used to correlate deformational events based on their relative age (e.g. correlating S3 in one are

with S3 in another are 10s or 100s of kilometers away). With the advent of more accurate geochronologic

techniques, we now know that such correlation is virtually worthless in many cases.

28.2 Cleavage

Many rocks have the tendency to split along certain regular planes that are not necessarily

parallel to bedding. Such planes are called cleavage . Roofing slates are an excellent example. Cleavage

is a type of foliation that can be penetrative or non-penetrative. An important point to remember is that:

rock cleavage ≠ mineral cleavage

The two are generally unrelated.

Page 219: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Planar Minor Structures I: Cleavage 208

28.2.1 Cleavage and Folds

Cleavage is commonly seen to be related in a systematic way to folds. When this occurs, the

cleavage planes are nearly always parallel or sub-parallel to the axial surfaces of the folds. This is known

as axial planar cleavage.

If examined in detail, the cleavage usually is not exactly parallel to the axial surface every where but

changes its orientation as it crosses beds with different mechanical properties. This produces a fanning of

the cleavage across the fold. In a layered sandstone and shale sequence, the cleavage is more nearly

perpendicular to bedding in the sandstone and bends to be at a more acute angle in the shale. This is

known as cleavage refraction.

sandstone

shale

Cleavage Fanning & Refration

As we will see next time, cleavage refraction is related to the relative magnitudes of strain in the different

layers and the orientation of the lines of maximum shear strain. As a side light, cleavage refection can be

used to tell tops in graded beds. This property can be very useful in metamorphic terranes where the

grading includes only medium sand and finer.

Page 220: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Planar Minor Structures I: Cleavage 209

finin

g up

war

dfin

ing

upw

ard

cleavage is steep in the coarse beds but shallows upward as the grain size gets smaller

Sharp "kink" in the cleavage at the boundaries between the graded sequences

Cleavage can also be very useful when doing field work in a poorly exposed region with overturned

folds. If the cleavage is axial planar, then the cleavage with dip more steeply than bedding on the upright

limbs of the folds but will dip more gently than bedding on the overturned limbs:

dips more gently than bedding

dips more steeply than bedding

cleavage dips more steeply than bedding

inferred position and form of overturned anticline

28.3 Cleavage Terminology

Page 221: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Planar Minor Structures I: Cleavage 210

Cleavage can take on a considerable variety of appearances, but at its most basic level, there are

two types of cleavage:

• Continuous cleavage occurs in rocks which have an equal tendency to cleave (or

split) throughout, at the scale of observation. In other words, the cleavage is penetrative.

• Spaced or Discontinuous cleavage it not penetrative at the scale of observation.

28.3.1 Problems with Cleavage Terminology

Because of its economic importance (i.e. in quarries, etc.) some of the names for various types of

cleavage are very old and specific to a particular rock type. Furthermore, cleavage terminology has been

overrun with genetic terms, which are still used by some, long after the particular processes implied by the

name have been shown to not be important. The following is an incomplete list of existing terms which

should not be used when describing cleavage because they are all genetic:

• fracture cleavage

• stylolitic or pressure solution cleavage

• Shear foliation

• strain-slip cleavage

These terms have their place in the literature, but only after you have proven that a particular process is

important.

28.3.2 Descriptive Terms

Anastomosing

Conjugate

Page 222: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Planar Minor Structures I: Cleavage 211

Crenulation

symmetric asymmetric

S 2

S 1

S 2

Crenulation is particularly interesting. In it, a pre-existing alignment of mineral grains is deformed

into microfolds. This is accompanied by mineral differentiation such that the mineral composition in the

zones of second foliation (or crenulation cleavage, labeled “S2” above) is different than that part of the

rock between the cleavage planes. Crenulation cleavage has been called “strain slip cleavage” but that

term has now thankfully fallen into disuse.

28.4 Domainal Nature of Cleavage

Most cleaved rocks have a domainal structure at one scale or another which reflects the mechanical

and chemical processes responsible for their formation.

cleavage domains

microlithons

The rocks tend to split along the cleavage domains, which have also been called “folia”, “films”, or

“seams”.

In fine-grained rocks, cleavage domains are sometimes called “M-domains” because mica and

other phyllosilicates are concentrated there, whereas the lenticular microlithons are the “QF-domains”

because of the concentration of quartz and feldspar. As in the discussion of crenulation cleavage, above,

we see that mineralogical and chemical differentiation is a common aspect of cleavage.

Page 223: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 8Planar Minor Structures I: Cleavage 212

28.4.1 Scale of Typical Cleavage Domains

10 cm 1 cm 1 mm 0.1 mm 0.01 mm

slaty

crenulation

spaced

anastomosing

limit of resolution of the optical microscope

Page 224: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Cleavage & Strain 213

LECTURE 29—PLANAR MINOR STRUCTURES II:CLEAVAGE & STRAIN

29.1 Processes of Foliation Development

There are four basic processes involved in the development of a structural foliation:

1. Rotation of non-equant grains,

2. Change in grain shape through pressure solution,

3. Plastic deformation via dislocation mechanisms, and

4. Recrystallization.

The first two are the most important in the development of cleavage at low to moderate metamorphic

grades and will be the focus of this lecture.

29.2 Rotation of Grains

This process in very important in compaction of sediments and during early cleavage development.

The basic idea is:

After strain, particles are the same length but have rotated to closer to perpendicular with the maximum shortening direction

There are two similar models which have been devised to describe this process. Both attempt to predict

the degree of preferred orientation of the platy minerals (how similarly oriented they are) as a function of

strain. The preferred orientation is usually displayed as poles to the platy particles; the more oriented

they are, the higher the concentration of poles at a single space on the stereonet.

Page 225: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Cleavage & Strain 214

29.2.1 March model

rotation of purely passive markers that have no mechanical contrast with the confining medium.

We solved this problem already for two-dimensional deformation when we talked about strain.

tan tantan′ = =θ θ θ

xz xzz

x

xz

xz

S

S R

In three dimensions it is a little more complex but still comprehensible:

tan tan sin sin′ = +( )δ δ φ φR Rxy yz xz yz2 2 2 2

where φyz is the azimuth with respect to the y axis, δ and δ' are the dips of the markers before and after the

strain, and R is the ellipticity measured in a principal plane of the strain ellipse (i.e. a plane that contains

two of the three principal axes, as indicated by the subscripts).

29.2.2 Jeffery Model

Rotation of rigid bodies in a viscous fluid (the former modeled as rigid ellipsoidal particles). For

elongate particles, there is little difference between the Jeffery and March models. For example, detrital

micas in nature have aspect ratios between 4 and 10. For this range of dimensions, the Jeffery model

predicts 12 to 2 % lower concentrations than a March model.

Both of these models work only for loosely compacted material (i.e. with high porosity). At

lower porosities, the grains interfere with each other, resulting in lots of kinking, bending and breaking of

grains.

29.2.3 A Special Case of Mechanical Grain Rotation

In 1962, John Maxwell of Princeton proposed that the cleavage in the Martinsburg Formation at

the Delaware Water Gap was formed during dewatering of the sediments and thus this theory of cleavage

formation has come to be known as the dewatering hypothesis. He noted that the cleavage was parallel

to the sandstone dikes in the rocks:

Page 226: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Cleavage & Strain 215

Maxwell suggested that expulsion of water from the over-pressured sandstone during dewatering resulting

in alignment of the grains by mechanical rotation. We now know that this is incorrect for the Martinsburg

because

1. Cleavage in the rocks there is really due to pressure solution, and

2. Internal rotations during strain naturally results in sub-parallelism of cleavage and the

dikes.

Mechanical rotation does occur during higher grade metamorphism as well. The classic example

is the rolled garnet:

29.3 Pressure Solution and Cleavage

We’ve already talked some about the mechanical basis for pressure solution. The basic observation

in the rocks which leads to an interpretation of pressure solution is grain truncation in the microlithons:

Page 227: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Cleavage & Strain 216

Most people associate pressure solution with carbonate rocks, but it is very common in siliceous rocks as

well.

There are two general aspects that pressure solution and related features that you can observe in

the rocks:

local overgrowths and vein formation means limited fluid circulation. Volume is more-or-less conserved

more commonly, you see no evidence for redeposition, which means bulk circulation and volume reduction were important

In the Martinsburg Formation that Maxwell studied, a volume reduction of greater than 50% has been

documented by Wright and Platt.

29.4 Crenulation Cleavage

Crenulation cleavage is probably a product of both pressure solution and mechanical rotation. It

has two end member morphologies:

Discrete -- truncation of grains against the cleavage domains. Very strong alignment of grains within cleavage domains

Zonal -- initial fabric is continuous across the cleavage domains. Clearly a case of microfolding

Both types of the same characteristics:

1. No cataclastic textures in cleavage domains (i.e. they are not faults),

2. There is mineralogical and chemical differentiation. Quartz is lacking from the cleavage

Page 228: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Cleavage & Strain 217

domains and there is enrichment of Al2O3 and K2O in the cleavage domains relative to

the microlithons,

3. Thinning and truncation are common features, and

4. No intracrystalline plastic deformation.

Probably what occurs is rotation of phyllosilicates by microfolding accompanied by pressure solution of

quartz and/or carbonate.

29.5 Cleavage and Strain

There are two opposing views of how cleavage relates to strain:

1. J. Ramsay, D. Wood, S. Treagus -- Cleavage is always parallel to the XY plane of the finite

strain ellipsoid (i.e. it is perpendicular to the Z-axis). Thus, there can be no shear

parallel to the planes.

Z = principal axis of shortening

cleavage

The basis for this assertion is mostly observational. These workers have noted in

many hundreds of instances that the cleavage is essentially perpendicular to the strain

axes as determined by other features in the rock.

2. P. Williams, T. Wright, etc. -- cleavage is commonly close to the XY-plane but can deviate

significantly and, at least at some point during its history, may be parallel to a plane of

shear.

There are two issues here which are responsible for this debate:

First, at high strains the planes of maximum shear are very close to the planes of maximum

elongation (the X-axis). Thus it is very difficult in the field to measure angles precisely enough that you

can resolve the difference between a plane of maximum shear and a principal plane.

Page 229: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 2 9Cleavage & Strain 218

Second, cleavage becomes a material line. If the deformation is by pure shear then it could be

that cleavage remains perpendicular to the Z-axis. However, in a progressive simple shear, it cannot

remain perpendicular to the Z-axis all the time (because it is a material plane) and thus must experience

shear along it at some point.

Page 230: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 0Shear Zones, Transposition 219

LECTURE 30—SHEAR ZONES & TRANSPOSITION

30.1 Shear Zone Foliations and Sense of Shear

Within ductile shear zones, a whole array of special structures develop. Because of the progressive

simple shear, the structures that develop are inherently asymmetric. it is this asymmetry that allows us to

determine the sense of shear in many shear zones.

30.1.1 S-C Fabrics

S = schistosité

C = cisaillement (shear)

S-C fabrics are an example of two planar foliations which formed at the same time (although

there are many examples of the S-foliation forming slightly or considerably earlier than the C-foliation).

The S planes are interpreted to lie in the XY plane of the finite strain ellipsoid and contain the maximum

extension direction (as seen in the above figure). The C-planes are planes of shear. As the S-planes

approach the C-planes they curve into and become sub-parallel (but technically never completely parallel)

to the C-planes.

Two types of S-C fabrics have been identified:

• Type I -- found in granitoid rocks rich in quartz, feldspar, and biotite. Both the S- and

C-planes are well developed.

• Type II -- form in quartzites. The foliation is predominantly comprised of C-planes,

with S-planes recorded by sparse mica grains (see below)

30.1.2 Mica “Fish” in Type II S-C Fabrics

The S-planes are recorded by mica grains in rock. In general, the cleavage planes of all the mica

Page 231: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 0Shear Zones, Transposition 220

grains are similarly oriented so that when you shine light on them (or in sunlight) they all reflect at the

same time. This effect is referred to somewhat humorously as “fish flash”.

(001)

(001)

C-planes

S-planes

fine-grained "tails" of recrystallized mica

30.1.3 Fractured and Rotated Mineral Grains

Minerals such as feldspar commonly deform by fracture rather than by crystal plastic mechanisms.

One common mode of this deformation is the formation of domino blocks. The fractured pieces of the

mineral shear just like a collapsing stack of dominos:

note that the sense of shear on the microfaults is opposite to that of the shear zone

30.1.4 Asymmetric Porphyroclasts

There are two basic types of asymmetric porphyroclasts:

reference plane

σσσσ - type δδδδ - type

Page 232: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 0Shear Zones, Transposition 221

In the σ-type, the median line of the recrystallizing tails does not cross the reference plane, whereas in the

δ-type, the median line of the recrystallizing tails does cross the reference plane. The ideal conditions for

the development of asymmetric porphyroclasts are:

1. Matrix grain size is small compared to the porphyroclasts,

2. Matrix fabric is homogeneous,

3. Only one phase of deformation,

4. Tails are long enough so that the reference plane can be constructed, and

5. Observations are made on sections perpendicular to the foliation and parallel to the

lineation.

30.2 Use of Foliation to Determine Displacement in a Shear Zone

Consider a homogeneous simple shear zone:

d

ψψψψ

θθθθ'd = γ x

γ = tan ψ

x

In the field, we can’t measure ψ directly, but we can measure θ', which is just the angle between the

foliation (assumed to be kinematically similar to S-planes) and the shear zone boundary. If the foliation is

parallel to the XY plane of the strain ellipsoid then there is a simple relationship between θ' and γ:

tan22′ =θγ

Although it is trivial in the case of a homogeneous shear zone, we could compute the displacement

graphically by plotting γ as a function of the distance across the shear zone x and calculating the area

Page 233: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 0Shear Zones, Transposition 222

under the curve (i.e. the integral shown):

d

ψψψψy

shear strain, γγγγ

y d

d dyy

= ∫ γ0

For a heterogeneous shear zone -- the usual case in geology -- the situation is more complex, but

you can still come up with a graphical solution as above. The basic approach is to (1) measure the angle

between the foliation and the shear zone boundary, θ', at a number of places, (2) convert those measurements

to the shear strain, γ, (3) plot γ as a function of perpendicular distance across the shear zone, and (4)

calculate the displacement from the area under the resulting curve:

y

shear strain, γγγγ

y d

θ'3

θ'1

θ'2

foliation

30.3 Transposition of Foliations

In many rocks, you see a compositional layering that looks like bedding, but in fact has no

stratigraphic significance. The process of changing one foliation into another -- thereby removing the

frame of reference provided by the first foliation -- is known as transposition. There are two basic

Page 234: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 0Shear Zones, Transposition 223

processes involved:

1. Isoclinal folding of the initial foliation (i.e. bedding) into approximate parallelism with

the axial surfaces, and

2. attenuation and cutting out of the limbs by simple shear.

macroscopically, the bedding trends E-W, with the younger and older relations as indicated

younger

older

On the outcrop, the bedding trends N-S. If the fold hinges are very obscure, then you may interpret the layering as a normal stratigraphicsequence

Obscuring of the fold hinges is an important part of the process of transposition:

This sequence of deformation would produce transposed layering in which all of the beds (really just a single bed) were right side up

Transposition is most common in metamorphic rocks, but can also occur in mélanges. It is

difficult to recognize where extreme deformation is involved. In general one should look for the

following:

• look for the fold hinges

Page 235: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 0Shear Zones, Transposition 224

• look for cleavage parallel to compositional layering

• Walk the rocks out to a less deformed area.

Page 236: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 1 225Thrust Systems: Tectonics

LECTURE 31—THRUST SYSTEMS I: OVERVIEW & TECTONIC

SETTING

31.1 Basic Thrust System Terminology

Before starting on the details of thrust faults we need to introduce some general terms. Although

these terms are extensively used with respect to thrust faults, they can, in fact, be applied to any low

angle fault, whether thrust or normal.

Décollement -- a French word for “unsticking”, “ungluing”, or “detaching”. Basically, it is a

relatively flat, sub-horizontal fault which separates deformed rocks above from undeformed rocks, below.

Thin-skinned -- Classically, this term has been applied to deformation of sedimentary strata

above undeformed basement rocks. A décollement separates the two. My own personal use applies the

term to any deformation with a décollement level in the upper crust. This definition includes décollement

within shallow basement. In general, the term comes from Chamberlain in 1910 and 1919; he termed the

Appalachians a “thin-shelled” mountain range. John Rodgers, a well known Yale structural geologist

gave the term its present form in the 1940’s.

Thick-skinned -- Again, the classic definition involves deformation of basement on steep reverse

faults. My own definition involves décollement at middle or deep crustal levels, if within the crust at all.

Allochthon -- A package of rocks which has been moved a long way from their original place of

deposition. The word is commonly used as an adjective as in: “these rocks are allochthonous with respect

to those…”

Autochthon -- Rocks that have moved little from their place of formation. These two terms are

commonly used in a relative sense, as you might expect given that the plates have moved around the

globe! You will also see the term “parautochthon” used for rocks that probably have moved, but not as

much as some other rocks in the area you are studying.

Klippe -- An isolated block of rocks, once part of a large allochthon, which has become separated

from the main mass, usually by erosion but sometimes by subsequent faulting.

Fenster -- This is the German word for “window”, and it means literally that: a window or a

hole through an allochthon, in which the underlying autochthon is exposed. A picture best illustrates

these last two terms:

Page 237: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 1 226Thrust Systems: Tectonics

window (fenster)

klippe

Map view

cross- section

31.2 Tectonic Setting of Thin-skinned Fold & Thrust Belts

Long linear belts of folds and thrusts, known as foreland thrust belts, occur in virtually all major

mountain belts of the world. Characteristically, they lie between the undeformed craton and the main

part of the mountain belt itself. Some well-known examples include:

• Valley & Ridge Province (Appalachians)

• Jura Mountains (Alps)

• Canadian Rockies (Foothills, Front & Main Ranges)

• Sub-Himalayan Belt

• Subandean belt

Foreland thrust belts occur in two basic types of plate settings:

Page 238: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 1 227Thrust Systems: Tectonics

31.2.1 Andean Type:

AccretionaryWedge

HinterlandForeland

CratonForearc Back Arc (retroarc)

subduction zone

ForelandBasin

This type of foreland thrust belt is sometimes called an antithetic belt because the sense of shear is

opposite to that of the coeval plate margin subduction zone.

31.2.2 Himalayan Type:

Foreland(peripheral)

Basin

sutureForeland

Hinterland

Indian continental crust

Tibet

The Himalayan type is sometimes called a synthetic thrust belt because the sense of shear is the same as

the plate margin that preceded it. At this point, we need to introduce two additional terms:

Foreland is a stable area marginal to an orogenic belt toward which rocks of the belt were folded

and thrusted. It includes thin-skinned thrusting which does not involve basement. In active mountain

belts, such as the Andes or the Himalaya, the foreland is a region of low topography.

Hinterland refers to the interior of the mountain belt. There, the deformation involves deeper

Page 239: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 1 228Thrust Systems: Tectonics

structural levels. In active mountain belts, the hinterland is a region of high topography which includes

everything between the thrust belt and the magmatic arc (where there is one). “Hinterland” in particular

is a poorly defined term about which there is no general agreement. You should always state what you

mean by it.

31.3 Basic Characteristics of Fold-thrust Belts

1. Linear or arcuate belts of folds and low-angle thrust faults

2. Form in subhorizontal or wedge-shaped sedimentary prisms

3. Vergence (or facing) generally toward the continent

4. Décollement zone dips gently (1 - 6°) toward the interior of the mountain belt

5. They are the result of horizontal shortening and thickening.

2 - 15 km

100 - 600 km

1000's km

shelfmiogeocline hinge

The typical fold-thrust belt in North America and many other parts of the world is formed in a passive

margin sequence (or “miogeocline”) deposited on a rifted margin.

This geometry is responsible for numbers one through four in the list above because:

• miogeocline is laterally continuous

•wedge-shape responsible for the vergence

• planar anisotropy of layers produces décollement

Page 240: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 1 229Thrust Systems: Tectonics

31.4 Relative and Absolute Timing in Fold-thrust Belts

A general pattern in mountain belts is that deformation proceeds from the interior to the exterior

(or from hinterland to foreland):

oldest faults

youngest fault

Interior Exterior

This progression has been demonstrated both directly and indirectly. The more interior faults are seen to

be folded and deformed by the more exterior ones and the erosion of the individual thrust plates produces

an inverted stratigraphy in the foreland basin in which deposits derived from the oldest thrust plate are

found at the bottom of the sedimentary section.

The duration of thrust belts is quite variable. In the western North America, the thrust belt

spanned nearly 100 my; in the Andes it has been active for only the last 10 - 15 my, and in Taiwan it is

only 4 my old.

Rates of shortening in foreland thrust belts is similarly variable. In general, they range from

mm/yr to cm/yr. Antithetic thrust belts are 1 to 2 orders of magnitude slower than plate convergence

rates whereas synthetic thrust belts are 30 - 70% of the total convergence rate.

31.5 Foreland Basins

The horizontal shortening of the rocks in a thrust belt is accompanied by vertical thickening. This

thickening means that there is more weight resting on the upper part of the continental lithosphere than

there was before. Thus, the lithosphere bends or flexes under this load, just like a diving board does

when you stand on the end of it. As we will see in a few lectures (last week of classes), this large scale,

broad wavelength deformation of the lithosphere is known as flexural isostasy.

The loading by the thrust belt produces an asymmetric depression, with its deepest point right

next to the belt. Material eroded from the uplifted thrust belt is deposited in the depression, forming a

Page 241: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 1 230Thrust Systems: Tectonics

type of sedimentary basin known as a foreland basin.

load

depression of basement under the load (exaggerated)

asymmetric foreland basin

asymmetric foreland basin

forebulge

load

The Cretaceous deposits of western Wyoming and eastern Idaho are perhaps some of the best known

foreland basin deposits.

Page 242: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 231Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

LECTURE 32—THRUST SYSTEMS II: B ASIC GEOMETRIES

32.1 Dahlstrom’s Rules and the Ramp-flat (Rich Model) Geometry

The basic geometries of fold and thrust belts are summarized in three “rules” proposed by

Dahlstrom (1969, 1970), based on his work in the Canadian Rockies:

1. Thrusts tend to cut up-section in the direction of transport

2. Thrusts parallel bedding in incompetent horizons and cut across bedding in

competent rocks

3. Thrusts young in the direction of transport

Deformation following these rules produces a stair step or “ramp and flat” geometry. This geometry was

first recognized by J. L. Rich (a former Cornellian) in 1934:

trace of future thrust fault

footwall flat

hanging wall ramp

hanging wall flat

footwall flatfootwall ramp

normal thickness structurally thickened

normal thickness

hanging wall anticline

Page 243: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 232Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

The important points to remember about this “ramp-flat” model are:

• structural thickening occurs only between the footwall and the hanging wall

ramps

• thrusts cut up-section in both the footwall and the hanging wall ramps

• Stratigraphic throw is not a good indication of the amount of thrust displacement

• Anticline is only in the hanging wall, not the footwall

• Thrust puts older rocks on younger rocks

Suppe calls this process “Fault bend folding”. He has made it more quantitative by assuming a strict kink

geometry. In his terminology, the dipping beds located over the footwall ramp are referred to as the

“back-limb” and those over the hanging wall ramp the “forelimb”. These limbs define kink bands which

help you find where the ramps are located in the subsurface. Suppe has derived equations to show that

the forelimb dips (or “fore-dips”) should be steeper than the back limb dips (or “back-dips”).

It is important to remember that the conclusions we have listed above do not depend on having a

kink geometry. You get the same results with curved folds and listric faults.

32.2 Assumptions of the Basic Rules

Before we get too carried away with this elegantly simple geometry, lets explore an important

underlying assumptions of Dahlstrom’s rules:

• Thrusts cut through a previously undeformed, flat-lying sequence of layered sedimentary

rock. As long as this is true, a thrust fault will place older rocks over younger

rocks. However, you can easily conceive of geometries where this will not be

true:

Page 244: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 233Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

Prior folding

younger-over-older

older-over-younger

older-over-younger

Prior thrusting

younger-over-older

Thrusting along an unconformity

32.3 Types of Folds in Thrust Belts

The hanging-wall anticline shown above is not the only type of fold which can form in thrust

belts. In general, there are four types which are commonly found:

Page 245: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 234Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

I. Fault Bend Folds

mode I

mode II

(also “hanging wall”or “ramp” anticlines)

II. Fault Propagation Folds(also “tip-line folds”)

tip line

IV. Detachment FoldsIII. Wedge Fault-folds

(also “Lift-off” or“pop-up” folds)

32.4 Geometries with Multiple Thrusts

32.4.1 Folded thrusts

In general, younger faults will form at lower levels and cut into undeformed layering. When

they move over ramps, they will deform any older thrusts higher in the section as illustrated in the

diagram below. This provides one of the best ways to determine relative ages of faults.

younger thrust fault with primary ramp

older thrust fault folded by movement over the ramp in the younger thrust fault

Page 246: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 235Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

32.4.2 Duplexes

Commonly, a fault will splay off of an older thrust fault but then will rejoin the older fault again.

This produces a block of rock complete surrounded by faults, which is known as a horse. Several horses

together make a duplex.

floor thrust

roof thrust

trajectory of next fault

horse

direction of transport

1234

numbers indicate sequence of formation

Notice that the sequence of formation of the horses is in the direction of transport (i.e. from the hinterland

to the foreland). This is mostly observational. If the horses formed in the other direction, then you would

see “beheaded” anticlines:

trajectory of next fault

direction of transport

"beheaded anticlines"

Page 247: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 236Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

The exact shape of a duplex depends upon the height of the ramps, the spacing of the ramps, and

the displacement of the individual horses. For example, as shown on the next page, if the displacement is

equivalent to the initial spacing of the ramps you get a compound antiformal structure known as an

antiformal stack:

For

mat

ion

of a

n an

tifor

mal

sta

ck b

y m

ovem

ent o

n a

serie

s of

hor

ses,

eac

h w

ith d

ispl

acem

ent e

quiv

alen

t to

the

initi

al s

paci

ng

betw

een

the

ram

ps.

The

top

sect

ion

form

ed fi

rst.

Page 248: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 237Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

32.4.3 Imbrication

Imbrication means the en echelon tiling or stacking of thin slices of rocks. Imbricate zones are

similar to duplexes except that they do not all join up in a roof thrust. There are two basic types of

imbrications, illustrated below:

Hanging Wall Imbrication:

Footwall Imbrication:

32.4.4 Triangle Zones

At the leading edge of a thrust belt, one commonly sees a curious syncline (or monocline). The

best documented example is in the southern Canadian Rockies, where the Alberta syncline forms the

eastern edge of the orogen:

?

?Extra spaceThe problem with frontal synclines:

Page 249: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 2 238Thrust Systems: Basic Geometries

The problematical space is triangular in shape so it is known as a triangle zone. The solution to this

dilemma of frontal synclines is to fill the space with a type of duplex:

displacement goes to zero

shaded area is the triangle zone

This duplex differs from the ones that we discussed above, in that the roof thrust has the opposite sense

of shear than the floor thrust, where as in “normal” duplexes they have the same sense of shear. For this

reason, triangle zones have sometime been referred to as passive roof duplexes. You can best visualize

the kinematics of this structure by imagining driving a wedge into a pack of cards:

There is more than academic reasons to be interested in triangle zones. They can be prolific hydrocarbon

traps, and to date have been among the most productive parts of fold-thrust belts.

Page 250: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 239Thrust Systems: Thick-skinned

LECTURE 33—THRUST SYSTEMS III: THICK-SKINNED

FAULTING

33.1 Plate-tectonic Setting

The two classic areas displaying thick-skinned structures are the Rocky Mountain Foreland (“Lara-

mide Province”) of Wyoming, Colorado, and surrounding states, and the Sierras Pampeanas of western

Argentina. Both of these areas are associated with flat subduction beneath the continent and a gap in arc

magmatism:

no vo

lcanic

arc

thin-

skinn

ed

thru

st be

lt

little or no asthenospheric wedge between the two plates

Thick-skinned Province(deforms most of crust)

Note that coeval thin and thick-skinned deformation can be found in both the Argentine and western US

examples. Some workers have proposed that the flat subduction is related to, or caused by, subduction of

buoyant pieces of oceanic crust such as ridges and oceanic plateaus; this relationship has not been

definitely proven.

There are parts of many other mountain belts in the world which have thick-skinned style geome-

tries. It is not clear that flat subduction plays a role in many of these cases. These include:

• Mackenzie Mountains, Canada

• Wichita-Arbuckle Mountains, Oklahoma, Texas

• Foreland of the Atlas Mountains, Morocco

• Iberian-Catalán Ranges, Spain

• Cape Ranges, South Africa

• Tien Shan, China

Page 251: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 240Thrust Systems: Thick-skinned

33.2 Basic Characteristics

1. Involve crystalline basement;

2. Commonly occur in regions of thin sedimentary cover;

3. Structural blocks commonly only two or three times longer than they are

wide;

4. Blocks exhibit a variety of structural orientations;

5. Bounding structures commonly reverse faults with a wide variety of dips (<5°

to 80°);

6. Broad flat basins separate the mountain blocks.

33.3 Cross-sectional Geometry

In the western United States, there has, for many years, been a debate about the structural

geometry of the uplifts in vertical sections. Several hypotheses have been proposed, but the can be

grouped in two basic categories:

“Upthrust” Hypothesis

33.3.1 Overthrust Hypothesis

Page 252: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 241Thrust Systems: Thick-skinned

A large amount of seismic reflection and borehole data basically confirm that the overthrust model is

more correct. In the Rocky Mountain foreland, the deepest overhang of basement over Paleozoic strata

that has been drilled is ~14,000 ft (the total depth of the hole was 19,270 ft).

33.3.2 Deep Crustal Geometry

Insight into the deep crustal geometry of thick-skinned uplifts has come from three basic sources

of information:

• seismic reflection profiling

• earthquake hypocenters and focal mechanisms

• inferences from the dip slope of the blocks.

The COCORP deep seismic reflection profile across the Wind River Mountains of western Wyoming

provided the most complete look at the deep structure of the uplift. That profile showed a 36°-dipping

thrust fault which could be traced on the seismic section to times of 8 - 12 s (24 - 36 km). More recent

processing and a reinterpretation of that seismic line indicates that the fault may have a listric geometry

and flatten at between 20 and 30 km depth. This listric geometry would help explain the dip slope of the

range.

Earthquake focal mechanisms from the still-active Sierras Pampeanas of western Argentina uni-

formly show thrust solutions with dips between 30 and 60°. There is virtually no evidence for seismic

faulting on near vertical planes or with normal fault geometries. The earthquakes also provide important

insight into the crustal rheology during deformation. They occur as deep as 35 - 40 km in the crust,

indicating that virtually the entire crust is deforming by brittle mechanisms, at least at short time scales.

These depths are deeper than would be predicted from power law creep equations, unless the strain rate

was unusually fast, the heat flow were abnormally low, or the lithology were unusually mafic. All three

of these are reasonable possibilities for this part of the Andean foreland.

Finally the dip slope observed on many thick-skinned blocks is useful because it suggests that the

blocks have been rotated. This rotation can be accomplished by listric faults or faults with bends in them.

The scale of the ramp part of the fault, or the depth at which the fault flattens, can be deduced from the

scale of the dip slope.

Page 253: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 242Thrust Systems: Thick-skinned

33.4 Folding in Thick-skinned Provinces

Older views of folds in thick-skinned regions suggested that the folds were formed by “draping”

of the sedimentary section over faulted basement, hence the term “drape folds”. This interpretation,

however, runs into problems, particularly if the fault beneath the sedimentary section is thought to be

steep. It would require one of the following geometries:

décollement at sediment-basement

interface

Ductile or brittle thinning of the steep limb of the

structure

or

The most successful modern view is that the folds are fault-propagation folds, formed at the tip of a

propagating thrust fault. In this scenario, overturned beds beneath basement overhangs can be interpreted

to have formed when the fault propagated up the anticlinal axis, leaving an overturned syncline in the

footwall.

propagation path for next increment of thrust movement

This syncline will be left in the footwall

present tipline

33.4.1 Subsidiary Structures

A very important family of structures are formed because the synclines underlying many of the

uplifts are very tight and their deformation can no longer be accommodated by strictly layer-parallel slip.

These structures are known as out-of-the-syncline or “crowd” structures. Basically, in the core of a

syncline, there is not enough room so some of the layers get “shoved out”.

Page 254: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 243Thrust Systems: Thick-skinned

out-of-the-syncline thrusts

"rabbit ear"structure

Similar structures can occur on a larger scale, where they are called out-of-the-basin faults. And example

of this latter type of structure would be Sheep Mountain on the east side of the Bighorn Basin in northwestern

Wyoming:

out-of-the-basin structure

major uplift

major basin

33.5 Late Stage Collapse of Uplifts

In the Rocky Mountain foreland, at least, and perhaps in other thick-skinned provinces which are

no longer active, it is common to see the uplifts “collapse” by normal faulting. Thus, certain major

structural blocks such as the Granite Mountains of central Wyoming have relatively little morphologic

expression because most the structural relief has been destroyed by normal faulting.

In map and cross-section, this looks like:

Page 255: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 3 244Thrust Systems: Thick-skinned

Map Cross-section

A

A'A' A

33.6 Regional Mechanics

In the Rocky Mountain foreland, basement surfaces define regional “folds” at 100 - 200 km length

scales. A model by Ray Fletcher suggests that the wavelength of the first order flexures should be four to

six times the thickness of the highly viscous upper layer (i.e. the upper crust). In a rough sense, this

model fits the basic observations from Wyoming if one uses a reasonable depth to the frictional crystal

plastic transition zone. It is not highly successful everywhere.

Just like thrust belts, thick-skinned uplifts load the crust, producing subsidence and creating a

sedimentary basin. The mechanics of these basins, known as broken foreland basins, is somewhat

different, however, because one must model a broken beam, rather than an unbroken elastic beam.

Page 256: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 4 245Extensional Systems I

LECTURE 34—EXTENSIONAL SYSTEMS I

34.1 Basic Categories of Extensional Structures

There are three basic categories of extensional structures. They differ primarily in how deep they

affect the lithosphere:

1. Gravity slides (i.e. landslides, etc.)

2. Subsiding passive margins (Gulf coast growth structures)

3. Tectonic rift provinces

• Oceanic spreading centers (e.g. Mid-Atlantic Ridge)

• Intracontinental rifts (e.g. Basin and Range)

All are produced by essentially vertical σ1 and horizontal σ3.

34.2 Gravity Slides

Subaerial gravity slides include landslides, slumps, etc., as well as much larger scale regional

denudation features. Only the last one is commonly preserved in the geologic record.

normal faults

thrust faults

fault comes back to ground surface in down-dip direction

commonly intensely brecciated internally

break away scarp rotated surface

These can occur at all different scales. The underlying similarity is that the fault cuts the ground surface

at both its up-dip and its down-dip termination so that only very shallow levels of the crust are involved.

Although commonly caused by tectonic deformation, these are not, themselves considered to be “tectonic

Page 257: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 4 246Extensional Systems I

structures”. At the very largest scales, gravity slides are difficult to distinguish from thrust plates in

mountain belts.

34.2.1 The Heart Mountain Fault

One of the largest known detachment structures is located in northwestern Wyoming and is

called the Heart Mountain fault.

region of the Heart Mountain fault

approximate orientation of cross-section, below

Wyoming

Yellowstone

110 km

Ordovician Bighorn dolomite

bedding plane detachment overrode former land surface

at Heart Mtn., there is an apparent thrust relation

(Ordovician/Cretaceous)

K

O

regional slope < 2°

The mechanism of emplacement of the detachment is still much debated. It is possible that it was

emplaced very rapidly.

34.2.2 Subaqueous Slides

Gravity slides of unlithified or semi-lithified sediments on submarine slopes produces a very

intensely deformed rock which has been termed an olistostrome. These are also known as “sedimentary

mélanges”, the term mélange being French for mixture. Mélanges can also be tectonic in origin, forming

at the toe of an accretionary prism in a subduction zone.

Page 258: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 4 247Extensional Systems I

34.3 Growth Faulting on a Subsiding Passive Margin

Passive continental margins with high sedimentation rates commonly experience normal faulting

related primarily to the local loading by the additional sediments. The Gulf Coast is an excellent example.

Such structures are commonly called “down-to-the-basin” faults. You should be careful to distinguish

them from rift-stage structures describe in detail in the next lecture.

rift phase extensional basins

growth faults detached within drift phase sediments

subsidence

sedimentation

In detail, an individual growth fault looks like:

antithetic faultssynthetic faults

roll-over anticline showing "reverse drag"

fault parallels bedding

(Jurassic salt in the Gulf Coast)

true listric fault geometry

syn-fault deposits much thicker in hanging wall

The key to recognizing growth structures is that sediments of the same age are much thicker on the

hanging wall than they are on the footwall. This means that the fault was moving while the sediments

accumulated preferentially in the depression made by the fault.

Page 259: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 4 248Extensional Systems I

34.4 Tectonic Rift Provinces

34.4.1 Oceanic Spreading Centers

The largest tectonic rift provinces in the world are represented by the earth’s linked oceanic

spreading centers. These are sometimes inaccurately referred to as “Mid-ocean ridges” because the

spreading center in the Atlantic happens to be in the middle of the ocean. We know about the structure

of the oceanic spreading centers primarily from studies of their topography (or really their bathymetry).

That topography represents an important interplay between structure, magmatism, and thermal subsid-

ence.

isolated volcanoes

rough topo due mostly to normal faulting

Slow spreading (e.g. Mid-Atlantic Ridge)

Intermediate spreading (e.g. Galapagos Rise)continuous volcanic axis

smoother topography

axial high

smooth topography

Fast spreading (e.g. East Pacific Rise)

At slow spreading rates (~2.5 cm/yr), normal faulting dominates the topography. There is a

distinct rift valley. Even though there are greater local reliefs, overall the ridge is lower because there is a

smaller thermal component to the topography.

At intermediate spreading rates (7 cm/yr half rates), volcanic processes become more important as

magma can reach the surface every where along the axis. There is still a subdued rift valley due to

normal faulting but the topography is smoother and higher.

Page 260: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 4 249Extensional Systems I

At high spreading rates (~15 cm/yr) the regional topography is dominated by thermal effects and

abundant volcanism, with little or no axial rift valley.

34.4.2 Introduction to Intracontinental Rift Provinces

Intracontinental rift provinces form within continental crust (hence the prefix “intra”). They may

lead to the formation of an ocean basin, but there are many examples which never made it to that stage.

Such rifts are call failed rifts or aulacogens. Many such features are found at hot spot triple junctions

formed during the breakup of the continents:

faile

d ar

m

Hot spot

Pre-Breakup Post-Breakup

Most intracontinental rifts have a gross morphology similar to that of their oceanic counterparts. This

reflects the importance of lithospheric scale thermal processes in extensional deformation. Generally, the

regional thermal upwarp is much larger than the zone of rifting.

marginal highs

extended region with "basin & range" style morphology

thinned crust and lithosphere

50 - 800 km

Page 261: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 4 250Extensional Systems II

LECTURE 35—EXTENSIONAL SYSTEMS II

35.1 Basic Categories of Extensional Structures

Until about 15 years ago, our understanding of extensional deformation was dominated by Ander-

son’s theory of faulting. The resulting geometric model is known as the horst and graben model:

horstgraben graben

Faults in this model are planar and dip at 60° (assuming an angle of internal friction of 30°). Superficially,

this model appeared to fit the observations from many rifted areas (e.g. the Basin and Range, Rhine

Graben, etc.).

The basic problems with it are:

• non-rotational, even though tilted beds are common in rift provinces

• only small extensions are possible, and we now know of extensions >100%

These problems forced people to seek alternative geometries

35.2 Rotated Planar Faults

In this geometry, the faults are planar but they rotate as they move, much as a stack of dominoes

collapses. For that reason it is commonly called the domino model. The resulting basins which form at

the top of the dominoes are call asymmetric half graben because they are bounded by a fault only on

one side. This model produces the commonly observed rotations in rift provinces:

Page 262: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 5 251Extensional Systems II

xφθ

w

If you know the dip of the rotated bedding and the dip of the fault, you can calculate the horizontal

extension assuming a domino model from the following equation (from Thompson, 1960):

% extension = x - w

w 100 =

sin (φ + θ)sin φ

- 1 100 .

When the faults rotate to a low angle, they are no longer suitably oriented for slip. Then, a new

set of faults may form at a high angle. Several episodes of rotated normal faults can result in very large

extensions.

Page 263: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 5 252Extensional Systems II

35.3 Listric Normal Faults

In listric normal faults, only the bedding in the hanging wall rotates. This is in contrast with the

domino model in which the faults and bedding in both hanging wall and footwall rotate.

problem: how does block deform to fill space?

The shape of a listric block poses interesting space problems. How does the hanging wall deform to fill

the space. The solutions to this problem are illustrated below.

solution 1: simple shear of hanging wall solution 2: decreasing slip down dip

solution 3: oblique of vertical simple shear of hanging wall

In both the listric and the rotated planar faults cases, the dip of bedding is directly related to the percent

horizontal extension. For the same bedding dip, the amount of extension predicted by the rotated planar

faults is much greater than that predicted by the listric faults as shown schematically by the graph below

[the graph is not accurate, but is for general illustration purposes only].

Page 264: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 5 253Extensional Systems II

90°

45°

Dip

of B

eddi

ng,

θ

100 200

% Extension

listric fault

rotated planar fault

35.4 Low-angle Normal Faults

Planar, or very gently listric, normal faults which formed initially at a low angle (in contrast to

faults rotated to a low angle) and move at a low angle are called low angle normal faults. These faults

are very controversial because they are markedly at odds with Anderson’s Law of faulting. Given the

weakness of rocks under tension, it seems likely that they move under their own weight and over

virtually friction-free surfaces (which could be simulated by pore pressure close to lithostatic, i.e. λ ≈ 1).

Their mechanics are still poorly known and much debated. These faults accommodate more extension

than high-angle normal faults, but less than either of the geometries discussed above.

All of the above structural styles can be combined in a single extensional system. The picture, below, is

similar to cross-sections drawn across many of the metamorphic core complexes in the western U.S.

upwarp due to unloading of the footwall

Page 265: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 5 254Extensional Systems II

35.5 Review of Structural Geometries

The following table, after Wernicke and Burchfiel, summarizes the structural styles discussed

above:

Planarfault

Curvedfault

Rotational Non-rotational

Faults (domino style)& strata both rotated

Faults (listric-style) HW strata only rotated

High-angle & low-angle normal faults

compaction after faulting

35.6 Thrust Belt Concepts Applied to Extensional Terranes

35.6.1 Ramps, Flats, & Hanging Wall Anticlines:

35.6.2 Extensional Duplexes:

Page 266: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 5 255Extensional Systems II

35.7 Models of Intracontinental Extension

A major question is, “what happens in the middle and lower crust in extensional terranes?”

Because extensional provinces are generally characterized by high heat flow and therefore probably a

weak plastic rheology at relatively shallow depths, it is not at all clear that the faults that we see at the

surface should continue deep into the crust. There are now four basic models:

35.7.1 Horst & Graben:

35.7.2 “Brittle-ductile” Transition & Sub-horizontal Decoupling:

35.7.3 Lenses or Anastomosing Shear Zones:

Page 267: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 5 256Extensional Systems II

35.7.4 Crustal-Penetrating Low-Angle Normal Fault:

35.7.5 Hybrid Model of Intracontinental Extension

ductile stretchingof the lower crust

mechanical (cold) rifting of theupper crust, syn-rift strata

volcanoes, high topography, post-rift thermal subsidence strata

Thermal lithosphericthinning

crust

mantle

Page 268: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 257Strike-slip Provinces

LECTURE 36—STRIKE-SLIP FAUL T SYSTEMS

36.1 Tectonic setting of Strike-slip Faults

There are three general scales of occurrence of strike-slip faults:

1. Transform faults

1a. Oceanic transforms

1b. Intracontinental transforms

2. Transcurrent faults

3. Tear faults

36.1.1 Transform faults

Oceanic transforms occur at offsets of oceanic spreading centers. Paradoxically, the sense of

shear on an oceanic transform is just the opposite of that implied by the offset of the ridge. this arises

because the ridge offset is probably inherited form the initial continental break-up and is not produced by

displacement on the transform.

Oceanic transform

Page 269: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 258Strike-slip Provinces

36.2 Transcurrent Faults and Tear Faults

Large strike-slip faults within continents which are parts of plate boundaries are call intraconti-

nental transforms. Examples include:

• San Andreas fault (California)

• Alpine fault (New Zealand)

• North Anatolian fault (Turkey)

Other large intra-continental strike-slip faults —called transcurrent faults by Twiss and Moores—

are not clearly the plate boundaries include

• Altyn Tahg fault (China)

• Atacama fault (Chile)

• Garlock fault (California)

• Denali fault (Alaska)

All of these structures have a characteristic suite of structures associated with them.

A tear fault is a relatively minor strike-slip fault, which usually occurs in other types of structural

provinces (e.g. thrust or extensional systems) and accomodates differential movements of individual

allochthons. when a tear fault occurs within a thrust plate, it usually is confined to the hanging wall and

does not cut the footwall:

Page 270: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 259Strike-slip Provinces

fault does not continue into underlying plate

A wrench fault is basically a vertical strike slip fault whereas a strike slip fault can have any

orientation but must have slipped parallel to its strike.

36.3 Features Associated with Major Strike-slip Faults

In general there are three types of structures, all of which can occur along a single major strike

slip fault:

1. Convergent -- the blocks move closer or converge as they slide past each

other

2. Divergent -- the blocks move apart as they move past one another

3. Parallel -- they neither converge nor diverge.

36.3.1 Parallel Strike-slip

clay cake

Much of our basic understanding of the array of structures that develop during parallel strike-slip faulting

comes from experiments with clay cakes deformed in shear, as in the picture, above. These experiments

show that strike-slip is a two stage process involving

• pre-rupture structures, and

• post-rupture structures.

Page 271: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 260Strike-slip Provinces

1 Pre-rupture Structures

1. En echelon folds:

45°

The folds in the shear zone form initially at 45° to the shear zone walls, but then rotate to smaller angles.

2. Riedel Shears (conjugate strike-slip faults):

R (synthetic)

R' (antithetic)

φ2

90 -

φ2

90 - φ

The initial angles that the synthetic and antithetic shears form at is controlled by their coefficient of

internal friction. Those angles and the above geometry mean that the maximum compression and the

principal shortening axis of infinitesimal strain are both oriented at 45° to the shear zone boundary.

With continued shearing they will rotate (clockwise in the above diagram) to steeper angles.

Because the R' shears are originally at a high angle to the shear zone they will rotate more quickly and

become inactive more quickly than the R shears. In general, the R shears are more commonly observed,

probably because they have more displacement on them.

Riedel shears can be very useful for determining the sense of shear in brittle fault zones.

Page 272: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 261Strike-slip Provinces

3. Extension Cracks: In some cases, extension cracks will form, initially at 45° to the shear zone:

45°

These cracks can serve to break out blocks which subsequently rotate in the shear zone, domino-style:

Note that the faults between the blocks have the opposite sense of shear than the shear zone itself.

2 Rupture & Post-Rupture Structures

A rupture, a new set of shears, called “P-shears”, for symmetric to the R-shears. These tend to

link up the R-shears, forming a through-going fault zone:

Page 273: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 262Strike-slip Provinces

R (synthetic)

R' (antithetic)

φ2

P-shears

36.3.2 Convergent-Type

Convergent type structures have sometimes been referred to as transpressional structures, a

horrible term which is both genetic and confuses stress and strain.

In convergent structures, you see

• enhanced development of the en echelon folds

• development of thrust faults sub-parallel to folds axes

• formation of “flower structures”

In map view: In cross-section:

cross-section

A T

36.3.3 Divergent Type

In the divergent type, extensional structures dominate over compressional. It has the following

characteristics:

• folds are absent

• development of normal faults

Page 274: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 263Strike-slip Provinces

• formation of “inverted flower structures”

In cross-section:

A T

Extensional basins formed along strike-slip faults are called “pull-apart” basins.

36.4 Restraining and Releasing bends, duplexes

You can have both convergent and divergent structures formed along a single strike-slip fault

system. They usually form along bends in the fault:

rhombochasm orpull-apart basin"extensional

(releasing)bend"

"contractional(restraining)

bend"(e.g. Transverse Ranges

in S. California)

right step in a right-lateral fault system

left step in a right-lateral fault system

Restraining or releasing bends can be the site of formation of strike-slip duplexes, in which the faults can

either be contractional or extensional, repsectively. Extensional or contractional structures can also be

concentrated at the overlaps in en echelon strike-slip fault segments:

Page 275: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 264Strike-slip Provinces

thrust faults in overlap region normal faults in overlap region

36.5 Terminations of Strike-slip Faults

Transform faults, either oceanic or intracontinental, can only terminate at a triple-junction. Tran-

scurrent faults may terminate in a splay of strike-slip faults sometimes referred to as a horsetail structure:

In this way, the deformation is dtributed throughout the crust. Alternatively, they may terminate in an

imbricate fan of normal faults (for a releasing bend) or thrust faults (for a restraining bend).

Page 276: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 6 265Vertical Motions: Isostasy

LECTURE 37—DEFORMATION OF THE LITHOSPHERE

So far, we’ve mostly talked about “horizontal tectonics”, that is horizontal extension or horizontal

shortening. Yet the most obvious manifestation of deformation is the mountains! That is the vertical

displacements of the lithosphere.

There are two parts to the topographic development question:

1. What are the mechanisms by which mountains are uplifted? and

2. Once they are uplifted, how do they evolve?

37.1 Mechanisms of Uplift

37.1.1 Isostasy & Crust-lithosphere thickening

Imagine that you have an object (an iceberg, piece of wood, etc.) floating in water:

topography

ρwater

ρiceρ

ice

The way to get more topography is to make the ice (or wood) thicker. The topography itself and the ratio

of the part of the iceberg above and below water is a direct function of the ratio of the densities of ice and

water. This basic principle is known as isostasy.

There are two basic models for isostasy. The Pratt model assumes laterally varying densities; the

Airy model assumes constant lateral densities:

Page 277: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 7 266Vertical Motions: Isostasy

2.67 2.59 2.52 2.57 2.62 2.76

3.3 gm/cm3

compensation level

2.75

3.3 gm/cm3

2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75

Pratt Model Airy Model

[identical topo]

We now know that, in general, Airy Isostasy applies to the majority of the world’s mountain belts. Thus

most mountain belts have roots, just like icebergs have roots.

37.1.2 Differential Isostasy

Two relations make it simple to calculate the isostatic difference between two columns of rock:

1. The sum of the changes in mass in a column above the compensation level is

zero:

∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ρ ρ ρ ρw w s s c c m mh h h h( ) + ( ) + ( ) + ( ) = 0

where “w” refers to water, “s” to sediments, “c” to crust, and “m” to mantle.

2. The changes in elevation of the surface of the earth, ∆E, equals the sums of the

changes in the thickness of the layers:

∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆E h h h hw s c m= + + +

This gives us two equations and two unknowns. Thus, if we know the densities and the changes in

elevations, we can predict the changes in crustal thicknesses.

Take as an example the Tibetan Plateau, which is 5 km high. If we assume a crustal density of

2.75 gm/cm3 and a mantle density of 3.3 gm/cm3 then:

∆ ∆ ∆E h hc m= + = 5 km

Page 278: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 7 267Vertical Motions: Isostasy

and

∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ρ ρc c m m c mh h h h( ) + ( ) = + =2 75 3 3 0. . .

Solving for ∆hc:

∆hc 2 75 3 3 5 3 3. . .−( ) = ∗and

∆hc = 30 km .

What this means is that the crust beneath the Tibetan Plateau should be 30 km thicker than a crust of

equivalent density, whose surface is a sea level. The base of the crust beneath Tibet should be 25 km

deeper than the base of the crust at sea level (because of the 5 km elevation). Note that the root is about five

times the size of the topographic high.

37.1.3 Flexural Isostasy

So far in our discussion of isostasy we’ve made the implicit assumption that the crust has no

lateral strength. Thus, when we increase the thickness by adding a load, you get vertical faults:

lithosphere

load

The Earth usually doesn’t work that way. More commonly, you see:

lithosphere

load

In other words, the lithosphere has finite strength and thus can distribute the support of the load over a

much broader area. The bending of the lithosphere is call flexure and the process of distributing the load

Page 279: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 7 268Vertical Motions: Isostasy

is called flexural isostasy. The equations which, to a first order, describe flexure are:

z zx x x

o=

+

cos sin exp

α α α

Where x is the distance from the center of the load, z is the vertical deflection at x, and zo is the maximum

deflection at x = 0. zo, α , and related constants are given by the following equations:

zV

Doo= α 3

8

αρ ρ

=−( )

41

4D

gm w

and

DEhe=

−( )

3

212 1 υ

This last equation is what really determines the amplitude and wavelength of the deflection. D is known

as the flexural rigidity, a measure of a plate’s resistance to bending. The flexural rigidity is in fact the

plate’s bending moment divided by its curvature. A high flexural rigidity will result in only very gentle

flexure.

As you can see from the above equation, D depends very strongly on he, the thickness of the plate

being bent, or in the case of the earth, the effective thickness of the elastic lithosphere; it varies as the cube

of the thickness. In simple terms, thin plates will flex much more than thick plates will.

If a mountain range sits on a very strong or thick plate, the load is distributed over a very broad

area and the mountains do not have a very big root.

In the Himalayan-Tibetan system we see both types of isostasy:

Page 280: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 7 269Vertical Motions: Isostasy

Himalayas flexural isostasy

India55 km

70 km

Tibetlocal isostasy

In general, the degree to which flexural vs. local isostasy dominate depend on a number of factors,

including heat flow, the age of the continental crust being subducted and the width of the mountain belt.

37.2 Geological Processes of Lithospheric Thickening

37.2.1 Distributed Shortening:

37.2.2 “Underthrusting”:

37.2.3 Magmatic Intrusion:

Page 281: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 7 270Vertical Motions: Isostasy

37.3 Thermal Uplift

Because things expand when they are heated, their density is reduced. This has a profound effect

on parts of the Earth’s lithosphere which are unusually hot, thin, or both. Thermal uplift is most

noticeable in rift provinces such as the oceanic spreading centers or intracontinental rifts where the

lithosphere is being actively thinned and the asthenosphere is unusually close to the surface. It can also,

however, be an important effect in compressional orogens with continental plateaus such as the Andes or

the Himalaya.

For the oceanic spreading centers, the change in elevation with time can be computed from:

∆E T Tkta

a ww a=

−−( )

ρρ ρ

απ

2

1

2 ,

where, α is the coefficient of thermal expansion, k is the thermal diffusivity (8 x 10-7 m2 s-1), Tw is the

temperature of seawater, Ta is the temperature of the asthenosphere (~1350°C), and t is time. In continental

areas the maximum regional elevation which you commonly can get by thermal uplift alone is between

1.5 and 2.0 km.

37.4 Evolution of Uplifted Continental Crust

Once uplifted what happens to all that mass of rock in mountain belts? There are some simple

physical reasons why mountain belts don’t grow continuously in elevation. At some point the gravitational

potential of the uplifted rocks counteracts and cancels the far field tectonic stresses and then the mountain

belt grows laterally rather than vertically.

Generally, the higher parts of mountain ranges, especially in the Himalaya and the Andes are in a

delicate balance between horizontal extension and horizontal compression. Small changes in plate interac-

tions, rheology of the crust, or erosion rates can cause the high topography to change from one state to

another.

We used to think of orogenies as being all “compressional” or all extensional. However, with this

understanding of the simple physics of mountain belts, it is clear the you can easily find normal faults

forming in the interior of the range at the same time as thrust faults are active along the exterior margins.

Peter Molnar makes an excellent analogy between mountain belts and medieval churches. Both

are built up high enough so that they would collapse under their own weight if it weren’t for their

Page 282: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Lecture 3 7 271Vertical Motions: Isostasy

external lateral supports. In the case of the churches, flying buttresses keep them from collapsing. In the

case of mountain belts, plate convergence and the horizontal tectonic stresses that it generates, keeps the

mountains from collapsing.

Many people now think that a very common sequence of events is for large scale intracontinental

rifting to follow a major mountain building episode. When the horizontal compression that built the

mountains is removed, the uplifted mass of rocks collapses under its own weight, initiating the rifting.

This sequence of events is observed, for example in the Mesozoic compressional deformation and the

Cenozoic Basin and Range formation in the western United States.

It is important to realize that there can be two type of extension in over-thickened crust: (1) a

superficial effect just due to the topography, and (2) a crustal-scale effect in which the positive buoyancy

of the root contributes significantly to the overall extension.

Page 283: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 272

Aactivation energy...................................127Alberta syncline.....................................237albite twins.............................................120allochthon...............................................225Alpine fault ............................................258Amontons........................................113-114analytical methods ....................................3Anderson’s theory..........................159-160Anderson’s theory of faulting .............250Andes ..............................................241, 270angle of internal friction........ 107, See also

fractureangular shear ...........................................40annealing ................................................126anticline...................................................178antiform ..................................................178Appalachians .........................................134Appalachians .........................................225Argentina........................................239, 241asperities.................................................114asthenosphere........................................270asymmetric half graben......... 250, See also

extensional structuresasymmetric porphyroclasts ..........220-221Atacama fault.........................................258Athy’s Law.........104, See also compactionAtlas Mountains ....................................239augen.......................................................152aulacogens..............................................249autochthon..............................................225axes............................................................12

Bb-value ........................................................6basalt .......................................................103Basin and Range............................250, 271Basin and Range........................................3bedding...................................................207bending moment ...................................268Bighorn Basin.........................................243bond

attraction...................................100, 102force...................................................101length ................................................102potential energy........................100-102repulsion...................................100, 102

boudinage...............................................206

boudinage, chocolate tablet .................206boudins ...........................................203, 205Bowden...................................................114Britain, coast of ..........................................5brittle.........................................................98“brittle-ductile transition” ...................131Brunton compass.....................................15buckling ...........................................192-193Burgers vector........................................122Busk method ..........................................186

Ccalcite.......................................................120Canada....................................................239Canadian Rockies..................226, 231, 237Cape Ranges...........................................239Cartesian coordinates .................10, 14, 17cataclasis ...................................................98Cauchy’s Law.....................................64, 68CDP ......................................................23-24Chamberlain, T. C. ................................225characteristic equation............................73China.......................................................239cleavage ...................................203, 207-208

anastomosing...................................210conjugate...........................................210crenulation................................211, 216

climb..........................................................98Coble creep.............................................119COCORP.................................................241COCORP...................................................25coefficient of friction .............................112coefficient of internal friction110, See also

fracturecoefficient of thermal expansion.........102cohesion..........................................110, 112cold working..........................................125Colorado.................................................239Colorado Plateau...................................135columnar joints ......................................103compaction......................................103-104confining pressure.....................95, 97, 107continuum mechanics.............................36coordinate transformation .....................71cosine.........................................................17cracks, modes I, II, III............................133creep..........................................................94creep curve ...............................................95

Page 284: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 273

Crenulation cleavage ............................216cross product.......................................18-19crust.........................................................131crystal plastic ...................................98, 146curvature ................................................191cylindrical fold.........................................12

DDahlstrom...............................................231décollement....................................177, 187décollement....................................225, 228defects .....................................................117

impurities .........................................118interstitial..........................................118linear..................................................121planar ................................................119point ..................................................118substitution ......................................118vacancies...........................................118

deformation bands................................119deformation lamellae............................119deformation map...................................129deformation paths...................................55deformation, crystal plastic .127, 146, 152Delaware Water Gap ....................116, 214Denali fault.............................................258denudation .............................................245deviatoric stress.......................................65diagenesis ................................104, 116-117diffractions ..........................................27-28diffusion.....................98, 118, 125-126, 129diffusion

diffusion coefficient ........................148erosional ...........................................147

diffusion creep...............................127, 129crystal lattice ....................119, 126, 129grain boundary................116, 119, 126

Dilation ...............................................33, 41dip and dip direction..............................15dip isogon...............................................185direction cosines..........................14, 16, 82dislocation glide ..............................98, 123dislocation

jogs.....................................................124climb..................................................125edge ...................................................123glide............................................125-126glide and climb.........................125-127

pinning..............................................124screw .................................................123self stress field..................................123strain hardening ..............................123

dislocations..............................119, 121-122displacement gradient tensor...........71-72displacement vector................................37Distortion..................................................33Dix equation.............................................25dolomite..................................................120dome and basin .....................................190dominos ..................................................220dot product...............................................18drag folds................................................195ductile .......................................................98dummy suffix notation...........................69duplex ...................235, See also thrust belt

extensional........................................254passive roof238, See also triangle zone

dynamic analysis...................................161

Eearthquake..................................................6earthquake................................................95east-north-up convention.......................11eigenvalues...............................................73eigenvectors .............................................73Einstein summation convention ......69-70elastic.........................................................93elastic deformation................................100electrical conductivity.............................68ellipticity...................................................50en echelon...............................................134engineering mechanics.............................1exfoliation...............................................136Experimental..............................................3extension...................................................39

domino model..................................250down-to-the-basin...........................247

Ffabric........................................................203failed rifts................................................249failure envelop........ 108, 110, 113, See also

fracturefault bend folding232, See also thrust beltfault plane solutions..............................161fault rock.................................................146

Page 285: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 274

fault rocks...............................................144fault scarp...............................................147fault-line scarp.......................................147fault-propagation folds.........................242faults........................................................133

anastomosing...................................141blind ..................................................149branch line........................................142conjugate sets...................................158dip slip ..............................................143emergent...........................................147footwall.............................................141hanging wall ....................................141hinge fault ........................................144left lateral (sinistral) ........................143listric..................................................141listric..................................................160normal...............................................143oblique slip.......................................143piercing points.................................142planar ................................................141reverse...............................................143right lateral (dextral).......................143rotational ..........................................144scissors ..............................................144sense-of-slip......................................151separation.........................................142slip vector .........................................142surface trace .....................................142tip line ...............................................141wrench ..............................................143

fenster......................................................225flat irons..................................................148flexural rigidity......................................268flexure .....................................................267Flinn diagram...........................................59fluid inclusions ......................................138fluid pressure.104, See also pore pressurefluid pressure ratio................................175fluids .........................................................96fold axis...................................................186folding

“competence”...................................199buckling ............................................193dominant wavelength.....................200elastic.................................................200flexural flow.....................................194flexural slip.......................................194

multilayers........................................199neutral surface .................................193nucleation.........................................200passive flow......................................197theoretical analysis..........................199viscous ..............................................200

foldsanticlinoria........................................180asymmetric.......................................179axial surface...............................181-182axial trace..........................................182axis.....................................................192class 1 ................................................185concentric..........................................186conical ...............................................188cylindrical.........................................186dip isogon.........................................185drag ...................................................195enveloping surface..........................179facing.................................................179hinge..................................................180interlimb angle.................................183isoclinal.............................................183kink............................................187, 195non-cylindrical.................................188parallel ..............................................186parasitic.............................................195plunging ...........................................182reclined .............................................182recumbent.........................................182sheath................................................188similar ...............................................187superposed.......................................189symmetric.........................................179synclinoria........................................180vergence............................................179

foliation...........................................203, 207folium......................................................207footwall...................................................232force.............................................................2force...........................................................61foreland...........................................227, 235foreland basin ........................................230

broken ...............................................244foreland basins.......................................229foreland thrust belts....226, See also thrust

beltFORTRAN................................................70

Page 286: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 275

fractal dimension.......................................5fractals......... 4, 6, See also scale invariancefracture............................................106, 126

brittle.................................................106Coulomb....................................110-111ductile ...............................................106ductile failure...................................111tensile ................................................108transitional tensile...........................109

fractures, pre-existing...........................112Fresnel Zone.............................................27Fresnel zone .............................................27friction..............................................113-114

GGarlock fault ..........................................258Gaussian curvature...............................191geometry..................................................2-3geothermal gradient..............................129Gibbs notation..........................................12gneissic layering....................................207graded beds............................................208grain boundaries ...................................119grain size.........................................110, 129Granite Mountains ................................243gravity slides..........................................245Griffith Cracks .......................................109Griffith cracks ........................................110growth faulting.. 247, See also extensional

structuresGulf Coast...............................................247

Hhand sample...............................................4hanging wall ..........................................232Heart Mountain detachment ...............176Heart Mountain fault............................246Herring Nabarro creep.........................119Himalaya ................................................270hinterland.......................................227, 235homocline.......................................180, 183horse......................235, See also thrust belthorsetail structure .................................264horst and graben....................................250hot working............................................125Hubbert & Rubey ..................................170hydraulic fracturing..............................112hydrostatic pressure .............................175

hydrostatic pressure ...............................65

IIberian-Catalán Ranges ........................239Idaho .......................................................230indicial notation.......................................13interval velocity.......................................25isostasy....................................................265

Airy.............................................265-266differential........................................266flexural...............................229, 267-269local ...................................................269Pratt ...................................................265

JJeffery Model..........................................214jelly sandwich ........................................131joint sets ..................................................134joint systems...........................................134joints........................................................133

butting relation................................135cooling...............................................136cross joints ........................................134sheet structure..................................136systematic joints ..............................134twist hackles.....................................135

joints........................................................203joint zone ..........................................134

Jura Mountains ......................................226

Kkinematic analysis.................................161kinematic analysis...................................33kinematics...................................................2klippe ......................................................225

Llaboratory .................................................97landslides................................................245Laramide Province................................239latitude......................................................10left-handed coordinates 11, See also right-

handed coordinateslinear algebra ...........................................67lineation..................................................203lines ...........................................................14listric normal faults ...............................252lithosphere..............................................130

Page 287: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 276

lithosphere......................................229, 270lithostatic pressure..................................65longitude...................................................10low angle normal faults........................253

MMackenzie Mountains ..........................239magnitude ..................................................2magnitude, earthquake ............................6Mandelbrot, B. ...........................................5mantle .....................................................131March model..........................................214Martinsburg Formation................214, 216material properties....................................1mean stress...............................................65mechanics ................................................2-3mélange...................................................246mélanges.................................................223metamorphic core complexes..............253metamorphic foliation..........................113metamorphism ......................................117mica “fish” .............................................219mica fish..................................................152microlithon.....................................215, 217microlithons ...........................................211mid-ocean ridges...................................248migration .............................................25-26mineral fibers .................................152, 203mineral lineations..................................152minor structures ....................................203miogeocline ............................................228Modulus of Rigidity................................89Mohr’s Circle............................................82Mohr’s Circle, 3-D...................................86Mohr’s Circle, finite strain .....................47Mohr’s circle, for stress.........................106Mohr’s Circle, for stress................107, 111Mohr’s Circle, stress......78-79, 85, See also

stressmoment, earthquake.................................6monocline...............................................180Morocco ..................................................239Mother Lode...........................................138movement plane....................................161mullions..................................................203multiple.....................................................30multiples...................................................29mylonite..................................................146

Nneutral surface .......................................193New England .........................................136Newton .....................................................61Newtonian fluid ......................................93non-penetrative .........................................4North Anatolian fault ...........................258north-east-down convention ...........11, 14numerical methods ...................................3

Ooceanic spreading centers ....................248Oklahoma...............................................239olistostrome............................................246olivine .....................................................130optical microscope ....................................4orientation ..................................................2orientations...............................................14orthogonality relations ...........................82

PP and T axes ...........................................161P-shears...................................................151P-shears...................................................261P-waves.....................................................22paleocurrent indicators ..........................12paleomagnetic poles ...............................12parallelogram law ...................................18parasitic folds.........................................195parautochthon........................................225particle path .............................................37particle paths............................................34passive margin...............................228, 247pencil structure......................................206penetrative..................................................4permeability ...........................................112piercing points.......................................142pitch...........................................................15plagioclase..............................................120plane strain...............................................58plane trigonometry ...................................8planes ........................................................14plastic, perfect..........................................94plate convergence rates ........................229point source..............................................27Poissons Ratio..........................................89poles ....................................................12, 14

Page 288: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 277

pore fluid..................................................97pore fluid pressure................................175pore pressure ..........................105, 111-112pore space.................................................96porosity....................................103-104, 112power law creep ....................................127pressure solution....................115-117, 126pressure solution....................213, 215-217

grain size...........................................117impurities .........................................117temperature......................................117

principal stresses .....................................63pure shear.................................................54

Qquadrangle map ........................................4quadratic elongation..... 39, See also strain

RR-shears ..................................................151R-shears ..................................................261rake............................................................15reflection coefficient................................21reflectivity.................................................23rheology....................................................87Rhine Graben .........................................250Rich, J. L..................................................231Riedel Shears..........................150, 152, 260rift provinces..........................................249right-hand rule..............................15, 19-20Right-handed coordinates11, See also left-

handed coordinatesrigid body deformation..........................33rock bursts..............................................136Rocky Mountain Foreland ...................239Rocky Mountain foreland....................243Rodgers, J................................................225rods..........................................................203rotation........................................................1Rotation.....................................................33rotation......................................................34

left-handed .........................................34right-handed ......................................34

rupture stress ...........................................96

SS-C fabrics...............................................152S-C fabrics...............................203, 207, 219

S-surfaces................................................207S-waves.....................................................22sag ponds................................................148San Andreas fault..................................258sandstone dikes .....................................214scalar ..............................................17-18, 67scalar product ..... 18, See also dot productscale .......................................................3, 36scale invariance..........4-5, See also fractalsscale

global.....................................................3macroscopic..........................................3map.....................................................3-4mesoscopic ...........................................4microscopic ..........................................4provincial..............................................3regional .................................................3submicroscopic ....................................4

schistosity ...............................................207secular equation.......................................73sedimentary basin .................................104seismic reflection

artifacts................................................29fold.......................................................24

shear strain...............................................40shear stress .............................................158shear zone...............................................140

displacement....................................221sense-of-shear ..................................219

sheath folds ....................................152, 188Sheep Mountain ....................................243Sierras Pampeanas ........................239, 241sign conventions

engineering.........................................61geology................................................61

simple shear ...........................................139simple shear .............................................54sine.............................................................17slickenlines .............................................152slickensides ............................................152slip system..............................................123slip vector ...............................................142soil mechanics........................................105Spain........................................................239spalling....................................................136spherical coordinates..................10, 14, 17stacking.....................................................24stereographic projection.........................12

Page 289: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 278

strain.........................................................1-2strain........................................................100strain..........................................................68strain ellipse .............................................42strain ellipsoid .......................................217strain hardening ....................................123strain rate....................................................3strain rate................. 92-93, 96-97, 127, 129strain softening......................................125strain

angles .............................................39-40coaxial .................................................54continuous..........................................34discontinuous.....................................35finite ....................................................53heterogeneous....................................35homogeneous.....................................35infinitesimal .......................................53lines .....................................................39lines of no finite elongation .............51maximum angular shear ..................49non-coaxial .........................................54non-commutability............................58non-rotational ....................................54principal axes.....................................48pure shear...........................................54rotational ............................................54simple shear .......................................54superposition .....................................58volume ................................................39volumetric ........................................103

stress.........................................................1-2stress................................100, 107, 110, 114stress...............................................61, 67-68stress field.................................................86stress tensor.........................................63-64stress trajectory........................................87stress vector..............................................61stress

axial .....................................................65biaxial..................................................65deviatoric............................................64differential..........................................95effective.............................................105isotropic ............................................106mean...............................................64-65normal.................................................77principal..............................................63

principal plane...................................86shear ....................................................77spherical..............................................66triaxial .................................................65uniaxial ...............................................65units.....................................................61

stretch........................................................39striae........................................................152strike and dip...........................................14strike-slip, convergent ..........................259strike-slip, convergent type .................262strike-slip, divergent.............................259strike-slip, divergent type....................262strike-slip, en echelon folds .................260strike-slip, parallel.................................259strike-slip, transpression ......................262structural domains..................................36stylolites..................................................115stylolites..................................................203sub-grain walls ......................................126Sub-Himalayan Belt ..............................226Subandean belt ......................................226subduction, flat......................................239subgrain boundaries .............................119syncline...................................................178synform...................................................178

Ttangent vector ........................................122tear fault....... 258, See also strike-slip faulttemperature............................................117temperature......................96, 102, 127, 129tension gashes........................................139tensor transformation .......................70, 81tensor

antisymmetric ....................................72asymmetric.........................................72infinitesimal strain ............................72invariants............................................73principal axes...............................73, 83symmetric...........................................72

tensors.......................................................68Terzaghi..................................................105Texas........................................................170Texas........................................................239Theoretical..................................................3thermal conductivity...............................68thermal diffusivity ................................270

Page 290: Intro Struct Geo Allmendinger_Part 1&2 جيولوجيا تركيبية

Index 279

thermal expansion.................................270thermal subsidence ...............................248thermodynamics........................................3thrust belt

Andean-type ....................................227antiformal stack...............................236antithetic ...................................227, 229basic characteristics.........................228Dahlstrom’s rules .....................231-232duration ............................................229folded thrusts...................................234Himalayan-type...............................227imbrication .......................................237ramp and flat geometry..................231rates ...................................................229synthetic....................................227, 229timing................................................229triangle zones...................................237types of folds in ...............................233

thrust faults ............................................170gravity gliding .................................176gravity sliding..................................176paradox of ........................................170wedge shape ....................................176

thrustsout-of-the-syncline ..........................242thick-skinned ...........................225, 239thin-skinned.....................................225

Tibetan Plateau...............................266-267Tien Shan................................................239tool marks...............................................152topography, pre-glacial ........................136traction vector..........................................61traction vectors ........................................62transcurrent fault...................................258transform, intracontinental .. 258, See also

strike-slip faulttransformation matrix........................82-83transformation of axes............................81translation.............................................1, 33transposition ...................................222-223trend and plunge.....................................15triangle zone...........................................238triple-junction ........................................264twin glide................................................120twin lamellae...................................119-120

U

unit vector ...............................13-14, 16, 19universal gas constant ..........................127

Vvacancies.............118, 125, See also defectsValley & Ridge Province ......................226vector.......................................13, 14, 17, 67vector product.. 19, See also cross product

addition...............................................18cross product.................................18-19dot product.........................................18magnitude ..........................................13scalar multiplication .........................17subtraction..........................................18

veins ........................................115, 133, 137antitaxial ...........................................138sigmoidal ..........................................139syntaxial............................................138"tension" gashes...............................139

veins ........................................................203velocity......................................................26

pullup/pushdown............................29rock......................................................22

vergence..................................................179viscosity ..................................................200viscosity ....................................................93viscous, perfect ........................................94void ratio ................................................104Von Mises...............................................111

Wwavelength...............................................26wedge taper............................................177wedge, critical taper..............................177Wichita-Arbuckle Mountains..............239Wind River Mountains.........................241window...................................................225wrench fault ...........................................259Wyoming.........230, 239, 241, 243-244, 246

Yyield stress...........................................96-97Young’s modulus ..................................200Young’s Modulus....................................89